last of all he was sene also of me as of one borne out of due time 9 For I am the least of the Apostles which am not mete to be called an Apostle because I persecuted the Church of God 10 But by the grace of God I am that I am and his grace which is in me was not in vaine but I laboured more abundantly then they all yet not I but the grace of God whiche is with me 11 Wherefore whether it were I or they so we preache and so haue ye beleued 12 ¶ Now if it be preached that Christ is risen frō the dead how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead 13 For if there be no resurrection of the dead then is Christ not risen 14 And if Christ be not risen then is our preaching vaine and your faith is also vaine 15 And we are founde also false witnesses of God for we haue testified of God that he hathe raised vp Christ whome he hathe not raised vp if so be the dead be not raised 16 For if the dead be not raised then is Christ not raised 17 And if Christ be not raised your faith is vaine ye are yet in your sinnes 18 And so they whiche are a slepe in Christ are perished 19 If in this life onely we haue hope in Christ we are of all men the moste miserable 20 But nowe is Christe risen frome the dead and was made the first frutes of them that slepte 21 For since by man came death by man came also the resurrection of the dead 22 For as in Adam all dye euen so in Christe shal all be made aliue 23 But euerie man in his owne order the first frutes is christ afterwarde they that are of Christ at his comming shal rise againe 24 Then shal be the end when he hathe deliuered vp the kingdome to God euen the Father when he hath put downe all rule and all autoritie and power 25 For he must reigne till he hathe put all his enemies vnder his fete 26 The last enemie that shal be destroyed is death 27 For he hathe put downe all thynges vnder his fete And when he sayth that all thyngs are subiect to hym it is manifest that he is excepted whiche did put downe all things vnder hym 28 And when all things shal be subdued vnto him then shal the Sonne also him self be sub iect vnto him that did sub due all thyngs vnder him that God may be all in all 29 Els what shal they do which are baptized for dead if the dead rise not at all why are they then baptized for dead 30 Why are we also in ieoperdie euerie houre 31 By our reioycing whiche I haue in Christ Iesus our Lord I dye daily 32 If I haue foght with beasts at Ephesus after the maner of men what aduantageth it me if the dead be not raised vp let vs eat and drinke for tomorowe we shal dye 33 Be not deceiued euill speakings corrupt good maners 34 A wake to liue ryghteously and sinne not for some haue not the knowledge of God I speake this to your shame 35 But some man will saye Howe are the dead raised vp and wyth what bodye come they forthe 36 O foole that which thousowest is not quic kened except it dye 37 And that whiche thousowest thousowest not that bodie that shal be but bare corne as it faileth of wheat or of some other 38 But God giueth it a bodie at hys pleasure euen to euerie sede his owne bodie 39 All fleshe is not the same fleshe but there is one fleshe of men and another fleshe of beastes and another of fisshes and another of byrdes 40 There are also heauenlie bodies and earth lye bodyes but the glorye of the heauenlie is one and the glorie of the earthlye is another 41 There is another glorie of the sunue and another glorie of the moone and another glorie of the starres for one starre differeth from another starre in glorie 42 So also is the resurrection of the dead The bodie is sowen in corruption and is raised in incorruption 43 It is sowen in diwonour and is raised in glorie it is sowen in weakenes and is raised in power 44 It is sowen a natural bodie and is raised a spiritual bodie there is a natural bodie there is a spiritual bodie 45 As it is also written The first man * Adam was made a liuing soule and the last Adam was made a quickening Spirit 46 Howbeit that was not first made which is spiritual but that which is natural after warde that which is spiritual 47 The firstman is of the earth earthlie the secondeman is the Lord from heauen 48 As is the earthelie suche are they that are earthlie and as is the heauenlie suche are they also that are heauenlie 49 And as we haue borne the image of the earthlie so shal we beare the image of the heauenlie 50 This say I brethren that flesh blood can not inherit the kingdome of God nether doeth corruption inherit incorruption 51 Beholde I shewe you a secret thing We shal not all slepe but we shal all be changed 52 In a moment in the twinkling of an eye at the last * trumpet for the trumpet shal blowe and the dead shal be raised vp incorruptible and we shal be changed 53 For this corruptible must put on incorruption and this mortal must put on immortalitie 54 So when this corruptible hathe put on incorruption and this mortal hathe put on immortalitie then shal be broght to passe the saying that is written * Death is swalowed vp into victorie 55 * O death where is thy sting ô graue where is thy victorie 56 The sting of death is sinne and the strēgth of sinne is the Law 57 * But thankes be vnto God which hathe giuen vs victorie through our LORD Iesus Christ. 58 Therefore my beloued brethren be ye sted fast vnmoueable abundant alwayes in the worke of the Lord for asmuch as ye knowe that your labour is not in vaine in the Lord CHAP. XVI He putteth them in remembrance of the gathering for the poore brethren at Ierusalem 13 We must perseuere in faith in the loue of Christ our neighbour 15 After his commendations he wisheth to them all prosperitie 1 COncerning * the gathering for the Saintes as I haue ordeined in the Churches * of Galacia so do ye also 2 Euerie first day of the weke let euerie one of you put aside by him self and laye vp as God hathe prospered him that then there be no gatherings when I come 3 And when I am come whosoeuer ye shal alowe by letters them wil I send to
in respect of his humanitie whose flesh hath this glorie by the power of God who dwelleth in it a Bothe in substā 〈◊〉 and forme we are earthlie b This natural bo die as it is now til it be made newe by the Spirit of Christ. c When the Lord cometh to iudge ment some of the Saintes shal be aliue whome he wil change euen as if they were dead so that this chāge is in steade of death to thē Mat. 24. 31. () O death whe re is thy victorie o graue where is thy sting 1. thess 4. 16. Isa. 25. 8. d Sinne first broght in death and giueth it power ouer vs the strength of sinne is the Law because it doeth 〈◊〉 the iudge ment of God against vs or els the chief cause of our destruction is in our selues Reuel 7 17. Hose 13. 14. Ebr. 2. 14. e The hope of re surrectiō causeth the faithful to sur 〈◊〉 all difficulties a Vpon the first day of the weke which the Scripture calleth the Lordsday 〈◊〉 Sonday they accustomed not onely in the Church but at home also according to euery mans zeale to lay vp some piece of money towar de the relief of the poore 〈◊〉 2. Iohn 5. 5. Chap. XVI Act. 11. 29. 12. 25. Rom. 12. 13. b Which ye shal send by thē that cary the money Act. 18. 〈◊〉 c Because God blessed his labour d Willing that they shulde defēde him against the aduersaires of Christ because it is the Churche duetie to be care ful for the preseruation of their ministers e As thogh he were to yong to be a minister f That is safe and sounde g Lest 〈◊〉 steale vpon you at 〈◊〉 h For they had euery mā respect to himself 〈◊〉 ry to loue i That is the first which embraced the Gospel k And reuerence them l The grief that I toke for your absence was greatly aswaged by their presence “ Or minde m In token of mutual 〈◊〉 whichthing was obserued in the primatiue church when the Lords Supper was ministred Rom. 16. 16. 2. Cor. 13. 〈◊〉 1. Pet. 5. 15. 19. “ Or Maranatha n Or as is most probable from Ephesus a Meaning that countrey where of 〈◊〉 was the chief citie Ep hes 13. b Or praise and glorie be giuen 1. Peter 1. 3. c which I suffer for Christ or which Christ suffereth in me d For seing him indure so muche they had occasion to be confirmed in the Gospel e As God onely worketh al things in vs so doeth he also our saluation by his fre mercie and by suche mea nes as he hathe here left in this life for vs to be 〈◊〉 in Rom. 7. 5. and 8. 5. Colos. 1. 14. f Hereby he sheweth his owne in firmitie that it might appeare how wonderfully Gods graces wroght in him g I was vtterly resolued in my self to dye h So manie dangers of death Rom. 15. 30. i He rendreth a reason why they ought to prayevn to God for his 〈◊〉 k Vsing that wisdome which God gaue me from heauen l Ye knowe Par tely my constancie bothe by my dwelling with you and also my writting vnto you and I trust ye shal knowe me to be the same to the very end m In that we ha ue taught you the Gospel so syncere ly n Because we haue wonne you to Christ o which shal abolish al worlde lieglorie p which is rashely to promes and not to performe q Now to affirme one thing and 〈◊〉 to deny it whichis a signe of inconstancie r He taketh God to witnes that he preacheth the 〈◊〉 s He preached no thing vnto them but onely Iesus Christ who is the moste constāt and infallible trueth of the Father t They aremade performed and we are partakers onely by him who 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in that he hathe fulfilled them for vs. u In that I say I tame not because I wolde spare you I meane not that I haue autoritie to alter true religion or to binde your consciences but that I am Gods minister to confirme and comfort you 〈◊〉 4. 30. x And faith is not in subiection to man a which was giuen to Satan but now doeth repent b Which made you him sory in my further epistle c After this adul 〈◊〉 did repent and amend paul did sovtterly cast of alsorowe that he denieth that inmaner he was anie with sorie d And so shulde increase his soro we which I wolde diminish e The adulterer which interteined his mother in Law f That at my in 〈◊〉 you wolde declare by the publike consent of the Church that you embrace him againe as a brother seing he was excommunicate by the commune consent g That is truely and from mine heart euen as in the presence of Christ. h By our rigorous punishing “ Or in my minde i From this place vnto the 6. Chap. 11. he 〈◊〉 onely of the ministers saue he some time intermedeleth that which apperte ineth to the whole Church 〈◊〉 Chap. 3. 17 18. vetses and not onely to the mini 〈◊〉 k In working 〈◊〉 by vs partakers of his victorie and triumph l The preaching of the crosse bringeth death to them which onely consider Christs death as a commune death and be thereat offended or els thinke it 〈◊〉 bringeth againe life to them who in in his death beholde their life m That is which preache for gaine and corrupt it to serue mens affectiones Rom. 11. 16. Chap. 4. 2. “ Or through Christ or of Christ. a Meaning him self 〈◊〉 and Siluanus b who were Gods penne c The hardnes of mās heart before he beregenerat is as a stonie table Ezech. 11. 19. 36. 26. but being 〈◊〉 nerat by the 〈◊〉 of God it is as softe as flesh that the grace of the Gospel may bewritteninit as in new tables 〈◊〉 31. 32. d whose minister Moses was e which Christ gaue f Meaning the spiritual doctrine which is in our hearts g Thus he nameth the Law in cōparison of the Gospel h After that God had spoken with him and giuen him the Law i For the Law declareth all men to be vnder condemnation k Meaning of the Gospel which declareth that Christ is made our righteousnes l In preaching the Gospel Exod. 34. 33. m Moses shewed the Law as it was couered with shadowes so that the Iewes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ligh tened 〈◊〉 blinded and so colde not come to 〈◊〉 who was the 〈◊〉 thereof 〈◊〉 againe the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the the glorie of God 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eyes but 〈◊〉 the darkenes away frō 〈◊〉 n 〈◊〉 is our 〈◊〉 and au tor of New 〈◊〉 ment whose doctrine is 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 life to the Law o In Christ who is God 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 we se god the Father as in a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cleare glasse Ioh. 4. 24. a For anie troubles or afflictiōs b Meaning suche shiftes and pretences as become not them that haue such a great 〈◊〉 in hand
wherein to reioyce but not with God 3 For what saith the Scripture * Abraham beleued God it was counted to him for righteousnes 4 Now to him that worketh the wages is not counted by fauour but by dette 5 But to him that worketh not but beleueth in him that iustifieth the vngodlie his faith is counted for righteousnes 6 Euen as Dauid declareth the blessednes of the 〈◊〉 vnto whome God imputeth righteousnes without workes saying 7 * Blessed are thei whose iniquities are forgiuen and whose sinnes are couered 8 Blessed is the man to whome the Lord imputeth not sinne 9 Came this blessednes then vpon the circumcision onely or vpon the vncircumcision also For we say that faith was imputed vnto Abraham for righteousnes 10 How was it then imputed when he was cir cumcised or vncircumcised not when he was circumcised but when he was vncircum cised 11 * After he receiued the signe of circumcisiō as the seale of the righteousnes of the faith which he had when he was vncircumcised that he shulde be the Father of all them that beleue not being circūcised that righteousnes might be imputed to them also 12 And the Father of circumcision not vnto them onely which are of the circumcision but vnto thē also that walke in the steppes of the faith of our Father Abraham which he had when he was vncircumcised 13 For the promes that he shulde be the heire of the worlde was not giuen to Abraham or to his seed through the law but through the righteousnes of faith 14 For if they which are of the Law be heires faith is made voyde the promes is made of none effect 15 For the Law causeth wrath 〈◊〉 where no Law is there is no transgression 16 Therefore it is by faith that it might come by grace and the promes might be sure to all the sede not to that onely which is of the Law but also to that which is of the faith of Abraham who is the Father of vs all 17 As it is written * I haue made thee a Father of many naciōs euen before God whom he beleued who quickeneth the dead 〈◊〉 calleth those things which be not as thogh they were 18 Which Abraham aboue hope beleued vnder hope that he shulde be the Father of many nacions according to that which was spoken to him * So shal thy sede be 19 And he not weake in the faith considered not his owne bodie which was now dead being almost an hundreth yere olde nether the deadnes of Saras wombe 20 Nether did he doubte of the promes of God through vnbeliefe but was strengthened in the faith and gaue glorie to God 21 Being fully assured that he which had promised was also able to do it 22 And therefore it was imputed to him for righteousnes 23 Now it is not written for him onely that it was imputed to him for righteousnes 24 But also forvs to whome it shal be imputed for righteousnes which beleue in him that raised vp Iesus our Lord from the dead 25 Who was deliuered to death for our sinnes and is risen againe for our iustification CHAP. V. 1 He declareth the frute of faith 7 And by comparison setteth forthe the loue of God and obedience of Christ which is the fundacion and grounde of the same 1 THen being iustified by faith we haue peace towarde God through our Lord Iesus Christ. 2 * By whome also we haue accesse through faith vnto this grace where in we stand and reioyce vnder the hope of the glorie of God 3 Nether do we so onely but also we * reioyce in tribulations knowing that tribulation bringeth forthe patience 4 And patience experience and experience hope 5 And hope maketh not ashamed because the loue of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the holie Gost which is giuen vnto vs. 6 For Christ when we were yet of nostrength at his time dyed for the * vngodlie 7 Douteles one wil scarse dye for a righteous man but yet for a good man it may be that one dare dye 8 But God setteth out his loue towarde vs seing that while we were yet sinners Christ dyed for vs. 9 〈◊〉 more then being now iustified by his blood we shal be saued from wrath through him 10 For if when we were enemies we were reconciled to God by the death of his Sonne muche more being reconciled we shal be saued by his life 11 And not onely so but we also reioyce in God through our Lord Iesus Christ by whome we haue now receiued the atonement 12 Wherefore as by one man sinne entred into the worlde and death by sinne and so death went ouer all men for asmuche as all men haue sinned 13 For vnto the time of the Law was sinne in the worlde but sinne is not imputed whille there is no Law 14 But death reigned from Adam to Moses euen ouer thē also that sinned not after the like maner of the trāsgressiō of Adā which was the figure of him that was to come 15 But yet the gift is not so as is the offence for if through the offence of one many be dead muche more the grace of God and the gift by grace which is by one man Iesus Christ hath abunded vnto many 16 Nether is the gift so as that which entred in by one that sinned for the faute came of one offence vnto condēnacion but the gift is of many offences to iustification 17 For if by the offence of one death reigned through one muche more shal they which receiue the abundance of grace and of the gift of righteousnes reigne in life through one that is Iesus Christ. 18 Likewise thē as by the offence of one the faute came on all men to condemnation so by the iustifying of one the benefit abūded toward all men to the iustification of life 19 For as by one mans disobediēce many were made sinners so by the obediēce of one shal many also be made righteous 20 Moreouer the Law entred thereup on that the offence shuld abūde neuertheles where sinne abunded there grace abunded much more 21 That as sinne had reigned vnto death so might grace also reigne by righteousnes vnto eternallife through Iesus Christ our Lord CHAP. VI. Because no man shulde glorie in the flesh but rather seke to subdue it to the Spirit 3 He sheweth by the vertue end of Baptisme 5 That regeneration is ioyned with iustification and therefore exhorteth to godlie life 21 Setting before mens eyes the 〈◊〉 of sinne aud righteousnes 1 WHat shal we say then Shal we continue stilin sinne that grace may abunde God forbid 2 How shal we that are dead to sinne liue ye therein 3 Knowe ye not that* all we
which haue bene baptized into Iesus Christ haue bene bapti zed into his death 4 * We are buryed then with him by baptisme into his death that like as Christ was raised vp from the dead by the glorie of the Father so we also shulde* walke in newnes 〈◊〉 5 * For if we be grasted with him to the simi litude of his death euen so shal we be to the similitude of his resurrection 6 Knowing this that our olde man is crucified with him that the bodie of sinne might be destroyed that henceforthe we shulde not serue sinne 7 For he that is dead is freed from sinne 8 Wherefore if we be dead with Christ we be leue that we shal liue also with him 9 Knowing that Christ being raised from the dead dyeth no more death hath no more do minion ouer him 10 For in that he dyed he dyed once to sinne but in that he liueth he liueth to God 11 Likewise thinke ye also that ye are dead to sinne but are aliue to God in Iesus Christ our Lord. 12 Let not sinne reigne therefore in your mortal bodie that ye shulde obey it in the lustes thereof 13 Nether giue ye'your membres as weapons of vnrighteousnes vnto sinne but giue your selues vnto God as they that are aliue from the deà d and giue your membres as weapons of righteousnes vnto God 14 For sinne shal not haue dominion ouer you for ye are not vnder the Law but vnder grace 15 What then shal we sinne because we are not vnder the Law but vnder grace God forbid 16 * Knowe ye not that to whome soeuer ye giue your selues as seruants to obey his seruants ye are to whome ye obey 〈◊〉 it be of sinne vnto death or of obedience vnto righteousnes 17 But God be thanked that ye haue bene the seruants of sinne but ye haue obeyed from the heart vnto the forme of the doctrine whereunto ye were deliuered 18 Being then made fre from sinne ye are made the seruants of righteousnes 19 I speake after the maner of man because of the infirmitie of your flesh for as ye haue giuen your members seruants to vnclennes ad to iniquitie to commit iniquitie so now giue your members seruants vnto righteousnes in holines 20 For when ye were the seruants of sinne ye were freed from righteousnes 21 What frute had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed For the end of those things is death 22 But now being freed from sinne and made seruants vnto God ye haue your frute in holines and the end euerlasting life 23 For the wages of sinne is death but the gifte of God is eternal life through Iesus Christ our Lord. CHAP. VII 1. 7 12 The vse of the Law 6. 24 And how Christ hathe de liuered vs from it 16 The infirmitie of the faithful 23 The dangerous fight betwene the flesh and the Spirit 1 KNowe ye not brethren for I speake to them that knowe the Lawe that the Law hathe dominion ouer a man as long as he liueth 2 * For the woman which is in subiection to a man is bounde by the law to the man while he liueth but if the man be dead she is deliuered from the law of the man 3 So then if while the man liueth she take another man she shal be called an* adulteresse but if the man be dead she is fre from the Law so that she is not an adulteresse thogh she take another man 4 So ye my brethren are dead also to the Law by the bodie of Christ that ye shulde be vnto another euen vnto him that is raised vp from the dead that we shulde bring forthe frute vnto God 5 For when we were in the flesh the motiōs of sinnes which were by the Law had force in our membres to bring for the frute vnto death 6 But now we are deliuered from the Law being dead vnto it wherein we were holdē that we shulde serue in newnes of Spirit and not in the oldenes of the letter 7 What shal we say then Is the Law sinne God forbid Nay I knewe not sinne but by the Law for I had not knowen glust except the Law had said * Thou shalt not lust 8 But sinne toke an occasion by the cōmaundemēt and wroght in me all maner of concu piscēce for without the Law sinne is dead 9 For I once was aliue without the Law but when the cōmandemēt came sinne reuiued 10 But I dyed and the same commaundement which was ordeined vnto life was founde to be vnto me vnto death 11 For sinne toke occasion by the cōmaundemēt disceiued me and thereby slew me 12 Wherefore the Law is* holie and the com maundement is holie and iust and good 13 Was that then which is good made death vnto me God 〈◊〉 but sinne that it might appeare sinne wroght death in me by that which is good that sinne might be out of measure sinful by the commaundement 14 For we knowe that the Lawe is spiritual but I am carnal solde vnder sinne 15 For I alowe not that which I do for what I wolde that do I not but what I hate that do I. 16 If I do then that which I wolde not I consent to the Law that itis good 17 Now then it is no more I that do it but the sinne that dwelleth in me 18 For I knowe that in me that is in my flesh dwelleth no good thing for to wil is present with me but I finde no meanes to performe that which is good 19 For I do not the good thing which I wolde but the euil which I wolde not that do I. 20 Now if I do that I wolde not it is no more I that do it but the sinne that dwelleth in me 21 I finde then by the Law that when I wolde do good euil is present with me 22 For I delite in the Law of God concernig the inner man 23 But I se another law in my membres rebel ling against the law of my minde leading me captiue vnto the law of sinne which is in my membres 24 Owreched man that I am who shal deliuer me from the bodie of this death 25 I thanke God through Iesus Christ our Lord. Then I my self in my minde serue the Law of God but in my slesh the law of sinne CHAP. VIII 1 The asseurance of the faith ful of the fruthe the holie Gost in them 3 The weakenes of the Lawe and who accomplished it 4 And wherefore 5 Of what sorte the faithful ought to be 6 The frute of the Spirit in them 17 Of hope 18 Of pacience vnder the crosse 28 Of the mutual loue betwitx God and his children 29 Of his
foreknowledge 1 NOw then there is no comdemnation to them that are in Christ Iesus which walke not after the slesh but after the Spirit 2 For the Law of the Spirit flif which is in Christ Iesus hathe freed me from the law of sinne and of death 3 For that that was impossible to the Law in as muche as it was weake because of the flesh God sending his owne Sonne in the similitude of sinful flesh and for sinne condemned sinne in the flesh 4 That the righteousnes of the Law might be fulfilled in vs which walke not after the flesh but after the Spirit 5 For they that are after the flesh sauour the things of the flesh but they that are after the Spirit the things of the Spirit 6 For the wisdome of the flesh is death but the wisdome of the Spirit is life peace 7 Because the wisdome of the flesh is enimitie against God for it is not subiect to the Law of God nether in dede can be 8 So then they that are in the flesh can not please God 9 Now ye are not in the flesh but in the Spirit because the Spirit of God dwelleth in you but if anie man hathe not the Spirit of Christ the same is not his 10 And if Christ be in you the bodie is dead because of sinne but the Spirit is life for righteousnes sake 11 But if the Spirit of him that raised vp Iesus from the dead dwell in you he that raised vp Christ frō the dead shal also quicken your mortal boides because that his Spirit dwelleth in you 12 Therefore brethren we are detters not to the flesh to liue after the flesh 13 For if ye liue after the flesh ye shal dye but if ye mortifie the dedes of the bodie by the Spirit ye shal liue 14 For as manie as are led by the Spirit of God they are the sonnes of God 15 For ye haue not receiued the Spirit of bondage to feare againe but ye haue receiued the Spirit of ad opcion whereby we crye * Abba Father 16 The same Spirit beareth witnes with our Spirit that we are the children of God 17 If webe children we are also heires euē the heires of God and heires annexed with Christ if so be that we suffer with him that we maye also beglorified with him 18 For I counte that the afflictions of this present time are not worthie of the glorie which shal be shewed vnto vs. 19 For the seruēt desire of the creature waiteth when the sonnes of God shal be reueiled 20 Because the creature is subiect to vanitie not of it owne wil but by reason of him which hathe subdued it vnder hope 21 Because the creature also shal be deliuered from the bondage of corruption into the glorious libertie of the sonnes of God 22 For we knowe that euerie creature groneth with vs also and trauaileth in paine together vnto this present 23 And not onely the creature but we also which haue the first frutes of the Spirit euē we do sigh in our selues waiting for the adopcion euen the * redemption of our bodie 24 For we are saued by hope but hope that is sene is not hope for how can a man hope for that which he seeth 25 But if we hope for that we se not we do with pacience abide for it 26 Likewise the Spirit also helpeth our infirmi ties for we knowe not what to praye as we ought but the Spirit it self maketh 〈◊〉 for vs with sighs which can not be expressed 27 But he that searcheth the hearts knoweth what is the meaning of the Spirit for he maketh request for the Sainctes according to the wil of God 28 Also we knowe that all things worke together for the best vnto them that loue God euen to them that are called of his purpose 29 For those wich he knewe before he also predestinate to be made like to the image of his Sonne that he might be the first borne among manie brethren 30 Moreouer whome he predestinate them also he called and whome he called them also he iustified and whome he iustified them he also glorified 31 What shal we then say to these things If God be on our side who can be against vs 32 Who spared not his owne Sonne but gaue him for vs all to death how shal he not with him giue vs all things also 33 Who shal lay anie thing to the charge of Gods chosen it it God that * iustifieth 34 Who shal condemne it is Christ which is dead yea or rather whiche is risen againe who is also at the right hand of God and maketh request also for vs. 35 Who shal separate vs from the loue of Christ shal tribulacion or anguish or persecucion or famine or nakednes or peril or sworde 36 As it is written For thy sake are we killed all day long we are counted as shepe for the slaughter 37 Neuertheles in all these things we are more then conquerers through him that loued vs. 38 For I am persuaded that nether death nor life nor Angels nor principalities nor pow ers nor things present nor things to come 39 Nor height nor depth nor anie other creatu re shal be able to separate vs from the loue of God which is in Christ Iesus our Lord. CHAP. IX 1 Heauing testified his great loue towardes his nacion and the signes thereof 11 He entreateth of the election and reprobacion 24 Of the vocation of the Gentiles 30 And reiection of the Iewes 1 I Say the trueth in Christ I lye not my conscience bearing me witnes in the holie Gost. 2 That I haue great heauines and continual sorowe in mine heart 3 * For I wolde wish my self to be separate from Christ for my brenthren that are my kinsmen according to the flesh 4 Which are the Israelites to whome perteineth the adoption and the glorie and the * Couenantes and the giuing of the Law the seruice of God and the promises 5 Of whome are the Fathers and of whome concerning the flesh Christ came who is God ouer all blessed for euer Amen 6 * Not withstanding it can not be that the worde of God shulde take none effect for all they are not Israel which are of Israel 7 Nether are they all children because they are the sede of Abraham * but In Isaac shal thy sede be called 8 That is they which are the children of the flesh are not the children of God but the* children of the promes are counted for the sede 9 For this is a worde of promes * In this same time wil I come and Sara shal haue a sonne 10 Nether he onelie felt this but also * Rebecca when she had cōceiued by one euē by
doings Iudg. 13. vnto the. 16. chap. Samuel and his doings 1. Sam. 1. vnto the. 25. chap. Sanctifie the Lord god in your hearts 1. Pet. 3. 15. The forme of the Sanctuarie Exod. 25. 8. The purgyng of the Sanctuarie Leuit. 16. 16. Sarah nourceth her sonne izhak Gen. 21. 27. Sarra the daughter of raguel Tob. 3. 7. and 10. Satan the god of this worlde 2. Cor. 4. 4. The nombre of them that shal be Saued is smale Luk. 13. 23. Saul king of Israel and his doings 1. Sam. 9 vnto the. 31. chap. ¶ The profite of the Scriptures 2. Tim. 3. 16. The vnderstanding of the Scriptures is the gift of God Luk. 24. 45. ¶ The scribes sit in moses Seat Matth. 23. 2 Christ the Sede of Dauid 2. Sam. 7. 12. a Seer that is a prophet 1. Sam. 9. 11. The ceremoniall law forbiddeth to Seeth meat on the sabbath Exod. 16. 23 To Sell his goods and to giue them c Mat. 19. 21. Luk. 12. 33. and 18. 22 The Sepulchre of Christ. Mat. 27. 60 Sergius paulus Act. 13. 7 The Brasen Serpent set vp Nomb. 21. 9. Iohn 3. 14. broken in pieces 2. King 18. 4 Of Seruants Exod. 21. 2. Deut. 15. 12 The Seruant that knoweth the wil. c. Luk. 12. 47. The duetie of Seruants Ephes. 6. 6 Serue god Exod. 23. 25. Ebr. 12. 28. Deu. 6. 13. Iosh. 24. 14 Serue god with a good heart Deut. 28. 47. The true Seruice of god Isa. 1. 16 The outwarde Seruice that lacketh faith is reiected Isa. 43. 22. ¶ Shall maneser the King of asshur 2. King 18. 9. Shaminah alone sleke manie philistims 2. Sam. 23. 11 Shallum killeth zechariah the sonne of Ieroboam 2. King 15. 10 Shebnah 2. King 18. 18. Isa. 22. 15 The Shechemites are burnt Iudg. 9. 45. Sheehem slayne Gen. 34. 26 Shem. Gen. 5. 32. and 10. 21 Shemaiah a prophet 1. King 12. 22 Shelah the sonne of arpachshad Gen. 11. 12. Shelah the sonne of Iudah Genes 38. 5. Lost Shepe Mat. 15. 24. The Shepe of christ heare his voyce Iohn 10. 27 The office of a Shepherd Ezek. 33. 2. The good Shepherd christ Iohn 10. 11. 1. Pet. 5. 4. Christ the Shepherd of the faithfull Ezek. 34. 23. Christs birth declared to the Shepherds Luk. 2. 9 False Shepherds Ierem. 12. 10. and 23. 1. Ezek. 34. 2 Shepherds that admonish not Ezek. 3. 18 the golden Shields of Salomon 1. king 10. 17. and 14. 26. Shimei and his vilenie 2. Sam. 16. 5. and 19. 16. 1. King 2. 36. In Shiloh was the tabernacle of the con gregacion Ioshu 18. 1. 1. Samuel 1. 24. Shuah the father of iudahs wife Genes 38. 2 ¶ The Sicke ought to send for the elders of the church Iam. 5. 14 Christs Side is perced Iohn 19. 34. a Signe giuen to hezekiah 2. King 20. 9. a Signe giuen to saul for a confirmacion 1. Sam. 10 2 Feare not the Signes of heauen Ierem. 10. 2. Signes which shal not come before the latter daye Luk. 21. 25. Sion king of heshbon giuen into the hands of israel Deut. 2. 24 Simeon and his doings Gen. 29 and 34 42 46 49 Simon iudas maccabeus brother 1. Mac. 13. 14. Simon the pharise Luk. 7. 36 Simon the forcerer Act. 8. 9 Sinai a mountaine Exod. 19. 1. Galat. 4. 24. Dauid the swete Singer of israel 2. Sam. 23. 1. Dauids Singers 1. Chro. 25. 1. Sing spiritual songs to the Lord. Ephes. 5. 19. To Sing with the spirit and vnderstanding 1. Cor. 14. 15. Christ hathe deliuered vs from Sinne. Luk. 1. 74. God onelie forgiueth Sinne. Nombres 14. 18. The knowledge of Sinne by the law Rom. 3. 20. He that committeth Sinne is of the deuil 1. Iohn 3. 8. He that committeth sinne is the seruant of sinne Ioh. 8. 34. sinne against the holie Gost. Mar. 3. 29. By the Sinne of adam death entred into the worlde Rom. 5. 12. the Lord washeth awaye our sinnes Isa. 4. 4. 1. Cor. 6. 11. sinners captiues Rom. 7. 23. Christ is come to call Sinners Matth. 9. 12. the penitent Sinner shalliue Ezek. 33. 11. Deut. 30. 2. Sisera Iudg. 4 ¶ The Skye red in the morning Matth. 16. 2. ¶ To Sleape for to dye Gen. 47. 30. Mat. 9. 24. He that Slayeth a mā shal dye the death Exod. 21. 12. Leuit. 24. 17. ¶ The Smel of noahs sacrifice Gene. 8. 21. what punishmēt he shal haue that Smiteth his father or a woman with childe Exod. 21. 22 ¶ Of the Sodbmites Gene. 13 14 19 Ezek. 16. 48. Ioseph Solde by gods prouidence Gen. 45. 5. The Solemne feasts of the iewes Exod. 23. 14. Christ prayeth in a Solitarie place Mar. 1. 35. The Songs of moses Deut. 32. 1. The Songs of salomon a thousand and fiue 1. King 14. 32 The disobediēt Sōne is stoned to death Deut. 21. 21. Sopater Act. 20. 4. Sorcerers ought to dye the death leuit 20. 27. Sorowe not aboue measure for thē that are dead 1. Thes. 4. 13. Sosthenes Act. 18. 17. The duetie of Souldiers Luk. 3. 14. Iosiah toke away South sayers 2. King 23. 24. What man Soweth that shal he reape Gala. 6. 7. ¶ Gods prouidence euen vpon the Sparow Mat. 10. 29. Euil Speakers shal not inherit the kingdome of god 1. Cor. 6. 10 whoso speaketh let him Speake the wordes of God 1. Pet. 4. 11. Sobrietie in Speaking Prou. 17. 27 the Spies of the land of promes are slaine for stirring vp the people Nomb. 14. 36. spies sent into iericho iosh. 2. 1 sanctification of the Spirit 1. Pet. 1. 2. the frute of the Spirit Gal. 5. 22. The wisdome of the Spirit Rommains 8. 6. we must not beleue euerie Spirit 1. Ioh. 4. 1. Lying Spirits Isa. 19. 14 the Spirit and the flesh lust one against another Gal. 5. 17 Spirit for winde Gene. 8. 1. Grieue not the holie Spirit of God Ephes. 4. 30. the Spirit prayeth for vs. Rom. 8. 26. Spoiles deuided equally 1. Sam. 30. 24. Iosh. 22. 8. the Spouse of Christ the Church Psal. 45. 10. ¶ Paul baptized Stephanas and his fami lie 1 Cor. 1. 16. Steuen and his death Act. 6. 5 7. Christ the corner Stone is refused Mat. 21. 42. 1. Pet. 2. 7. the stone to stōble at 1. Pet. 2. 8. It raineth Stones Iosh. 10. 11. God loueth the Stranger Deut. 10. 18. Oppresse not Strangers Exod. 13. 9. Leuit. 19. 33. strangers had the tithes giuen them Deut. 14. 29. Strangled things forbidden Genes 9. 4. God is our Strength 2. Samuel 22. 3. Exod. 15. 2. The waters of Strife Nomb. 20. 13 striue not with anie Prou. 20. 3. 2. Timo. 2. 23. ¶ The elders of Succoth put to death how Iudg. 8. 14. ¶ The Sunne and moone for signes and for ceasons Gen. 1. 14. the Sūne stayed at the wordes of ioshua Iosh. 10. 12. the Supper of our Lord with his disciples Mat. 26. 26. the Supper of the Lord ought to be do ne
of our sanctification 18 The tables written by the finger of God 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Beholde I haue called by name Bezaleél the sonne of Vri the sonne of 〈◊〉 of the tribe of Iudáh 3 Whome I haue filled with the Spirit of God in wisdome in vnderstanding and in know ledge and in all workemanship 4 To finde out curious workes to worke in golde and in siluer and in brasse 5 Also in the art to set stones and to carue in timber and to worke in all maner of worke manship 6 And beholde I haue ioyned with him Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamáh of the trible of Dan and in the heartes of all that are wise hearted haue I put wisdome to make al that I haue commanded thee 7 That is the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the Arke of the Testimonie and the Merciseat that shal be thereupon with all in struments of the Tabernacle 8 Also the Table and the instruments thereof and the pure Candelsticke with all his instruments and the Altar of perfume 9 Likewise the Altar of burnt offring with all his instruments and the Lauer with his fote 10 Also the garmentes of the ministration and the holy garments for Aarón the Priest and the garmēts of his sonnes to minister in the Priests office 11 And the anointing oyle and swete perfume for the Sanctuarie according to all that I haue commanded thee shal they do 12 ¶ Afterward the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 13 Speake thou also vnto the childrē of Israél and say Notwithstanding kepe ye my Sab baths for it is a signe betwene me and you in your generations that ye may knowe that I the Lord do sanctifie you 14 * Ye shal therefore kepe the Sabbath for it is holy vnto you he that defileth it shall dye the death therfore whosoeuer worketh therein the same persone shal be euen cut of from among his people 15 Six dayes shal men worke but in the seuenth day is the Sabbath of the holy rest to the Lord whosoeuer doeth any worke in the Sabbath day shal dye the death 16 Wherefore the children of Israél shal kepe the Sabbath that they may obserue the rest through out their generations for an euerla sting couenant 17 It is a signe betwene me and the children of Israél for euer * for in six dayes the Lord made the heauen and the earth and in the seuenth 〈◊〉 he ceased and rested 18 Thus when the Lorde had made an end of communing with Mosés vpon mount Sinai * he gaue him two Tables of the Testimonie euen tables of stone written with the finger of God CHAP. XXXII 4 The Israelites impute their 〈◊〉 to the calf 14 God is appaised by Mosés prayer 19 Mosés breaketh the Tables 27 He slayeth the idolaters 32 Mosés zeale for the people 1 BVt when the people sawe that Mosés taried long or he came downe frō the moū taine the people gathered the selues together against Aarôn and said vnto him Vp make vs gods to go before vs for of this Mo sés the mā that broght vs out of the land of Egypt we know not what is become of hi. 2 And Aarōn said vnto them Plucke of the golden earinges whiche are in the eares of your wiues of your sinnes of your daugh ters and bring them vnto me 3 Then all the people pluckte from thē selues the golden earings which were in their eares and they broght them vnto Aarōn 4 * Who receiued them at their hands and facioned it with the grauing tole and made of it a molten calf then they said * These be thy gods ô Israél which broght thee out of the land of Egypt 5 When Aarôn sawe that he made an altar before it and Aarôn proclaimed saying To morowe shal be the holy day of the Lorde 6 So they rose vp the next day in the morning offred burnt offrigs broght peace offrings also * the people sate them downe to eat and drinke and rose vp to playe 7 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés * Go get the downe for thy people which thou hast broght out of the land of Egypt hath corrupted their waies 8 They are sone turned out of the way whiche I commanded thē for they haue made them a molten calf and haue worshipped it and haue offred thereto saying * These be thy gods ô Israél whiche haue broght thee out of the land of Egypt 9 Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés * I haue sene this people and beholde it is a stifnecked people 10 Now therfore let me alone that my wrath may waxe hote against them for I will consume them but I wil make of thee a mightie people 11 * But Mosés praied vnto the Lord his God said O Lorde why doeth thy wrath waxe hote against thy people whiche thou hast broght out of the land of Egypt with great power and with a mightie hand 12 * Wherefore shal the Egyptians speake say He hathe broght them out maliciously for to slay them in the mountaines to con sume them from the earth turne frome thy fearce wrath and change thy minde from this euil toward thy people 13 Remembre Abrahám Izhák and Israél thy seruants to whome thou swarest by thine owne selfe and saidest vnto them * I wil multiplie your sede as the starres of the heauen and all this land that I haue spoken of wil I giue vnto your sede and thei shal inherit it foreuer 14 Then the Lord changed his minde from the euil which he threatened to do vnto his people 15 So Mosés returned and went downe from the mountaine with the two Tables of the Testimonie in his hand the Tables were written on bothe their sides euē on the one side and on the other were thei written 16 And these Tables were the worke of God and this writing was the writting of God grauen in the Tables 17 And when Ioshúa heard the noise of the people as thei showted he said vnto Mosés There is a noise of warre in the hoste 18 Who answered It is not the noise of them that haue the victorie nor the noise of them that are ouercome but I do heare the noise of singing 19 Nowe assone as he came nere vnto the hoste he sawe the calf and the dancing so Mosēs wrath waxed hote and he cast the Tables out of his hands and brake them in pieces beneth the mountaine 20 * After he toke the calf which they had ma de and burned it in the fire and ground it vnto powder and strowed it vpon the water and made the childrē of Israél drinke of it 21 Also Mosés said vnto Aarón What did this people vnto thee that thou hast broght so great a sinne vpon them 22 Then Aarón answered Let not the wrath of my lord
not 5 Then wil I set my face against that man and against his familie and wil cut him of and all that go a whoring after him to cō mit whoredome with Mólech from amōg their people 6 ¶ If anie turne after suche as worke with spirits after so the saiers to go a whoring after them then wil I set my face against that persone and wil cut him of from among his people 7 ¶ Sanctifie your selues therefore * and be holy for I am the Lord your God 8 Kepe ye therefore mine ordināces do thē I am the Lord which doeth sāctifie you 9 ¶ * If there be anie that curseth his father or his mother he shal dye the death seing he hathe cursed his father his mother his blood shal be vpon him 10 ¶ * And the mā that cōmitteth adulterie with another mans wife because he hathe commited adulterie with his neighbours wife the adulterer the adulteres shal dye the death 11 And the man that lieth with his fathers wife because he hathe vncouered his fathers * shame theishal bothe dye their blood shal be vpon them 12 Also the man that lieth with his daughter in lawe they bothe shal dye the death they haue wroght abominacion their blood shal be vpon them 13 * The man also that lieth with the male as one lieth with a woman they haue bothe committed abomin a ciō they shal dye the death their blood shal be vpon them 14 Likewise he that taketh a wife her mother committeth wickednes thei shal 〈◊〉 ne him and them with fire that there be no wickednes among you 15 * Also the mā that lieth with a beast shal dye the death and ye shal slay the beast 16 And if a woman come to anie beast and lie there with then thou shalt kil the woman and the beast they shal dye the death their blood shal be vpon them 17 Also the man that taketh his sister his fathers daughter or his mothers daughter and seeth her shame she seeth his shame it is vilennie therefore they shal be cut of in the sight of their people because he hathe vncouered his sisters shame he shal beare his iniquitie 18 * The man also that lieth with a woman hauing her disease vncouereth her sha me and openeth her fountaine she opē the fountaine of her blood thei shal be euē bothe cut of from among their people 19 Moreouer thou shalt not vncouer the sha me of thy mothers sister * nor of thy fathers sister because he hathe vncouered his kin they shal beare their iniquitie 20 Likewise the man that lieth with his fathers brothers wife and vncouereth his vncles shame they shal beare their iniquitie and shal dye childles 21 So the man that taketh his brothers wife cōmitteth fil thines because he hathe vncouered his brothers shame they shal be childles 22 ¶ Ye shal kepe therefore all mine * ordinances and all my iudgemēts and do thē that the land whither I bring you to dwel therein * spue you not out 23 Wherefore ye shal not walke in the maners of this nacion which I cast out befo re you for they haue committed all these things * therefore I ab horred them 24 But I haue said vnto you ye shal inherit their land and I wil giue it vnto you to pos sesse it euen a lād that floweth with milke and honie I am the Lord your God which haue separated you from other people 25 * Therefore shal ye put difference betwene cleane beastes vncleane and betwe ne vncleane foules and cleane nether shal 〈◊〉 defile your selues with beastes and fou les nor with anie creping thing that the grounde bringeth for the which I haue separated from you as vncleane 26 Therefore shal ye be * holie vnto me for I the Lord am holie I haue separated you frō other people that ye shulde be mine 27 ¶ * And if a man or woman haue a spirit of diuinacion or sothe saying in them they shal dye the death they shal stone them to death their blood shal be vpon them CHAP. XXI 2 For whome the Priests may lamēt 6 How pure the Priest ought to be bothe in them selues and in their familie 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Mosés Speake vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Aarón and say vnto them Let none be defiled by the dead among his people 2 But by his kin semā that is nere vnto him to wit by his mother or by his father or by his sōne or by his daughter or by his brother 3 Or by his sister a maid that is nere vnto him which hathe not had a housband for her he may lament 4 He shal not lament for the prince amōg his people to pollute himselfe 5 Thei shal not make * balde partes vpon their head nor shaue of the lockes of their beard nor make anie cuttigs ī their flesh 6 They shal be holy vnto their God and not pollute the Name of their God for the sacrifices of the Lord made by fire and the bread of their God thei do offer therefore they shal be holy 7 Thei shal not take to wife an whore or one polluted nether shal thei marie a wo man diuorced from her housbád for suche one is holy vnto his God 8 Thou shalt sanctifie him therefore for he offreth the bread of thy God he shal be holy vnto thee for I the Lord which sanctifie you am holy 9 ¶ If a Priests daughter fall to playe the whore she polluteth her father therefore shal she be burnt with fire 10 ¶ Also the hie Priest among his brethren vpon whose head the anointingoyle was powred and hathe consecrated his hand to put on the garmēts shal not vncouer his head nor rent his clothes 11 Nether shal he go to anie dead body nor make him selfe vncleane by his father or by his mother 12 Nether shal he go out of the Sanctuarie nor pollute the holyplace of his god for the crowne of the anointing oyle of his God is vpon him I am the Lord. 13 Also he shall take a maid vnto his wife 14 But a widowe or a diuorced woman or a polluted or an harlot these shall he not mary but shall take a mayde of his owne people to wife 15 Nether shal he defile his sede amonge his people for I am the Lord whiche sanctifie him 16 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 17 Speake vnto Aarón and say Whosoeuer of thy sede in their generaciōs hath anie blemishes shall not preace to offer the breade of his God 18 For whosoeuer hathe anie blemish shall not come nere as a man blinde or lame or that hathe a flat nose or that hath any misshapen membre 19 Or a man that
all thine heart and with all thy soule 17 * Thou hast set vp the Lord this day to be thy God and to walke in his wayes and to kepe his ordinances and his commandements and his lawes and to hearken vnto his voyce 18 And the Lord hathe set thee vp this day to be a precious people vnto him as he hathe promised thee and that thou shuldest kepe all his commandements 19 And to make thee * high aboue all nacions which he hathe made in praise and in name and in glorie * and that thou shuldest be an holie people vnto the Lord thy God as he hathe said CHAP. XXVII 2 They are commanded to write the Law vpon stones for a remembrance 5. Also to buylde an altar 13 The cursings are giuen on mount Ebál 1 THen Mosés with the Elders of Israél commanded the people saying Kepe all the commandements which I commande you this day 2 And whē ye shal passe ouer Iordén vnto the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee thou shalt setthee vp great stones plaister them with plaister 3 And shalt write vpon them all the wordes of this Lawe when thou shalt come ouer that thou maiest go into the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee a lād that floweth with my lke and hony as the Lord God of thy fathers hathe promised thee 4 Therefore when ye shal passe ouer Iordén ye shal set vp these stones which I commande you this day in mount Ebál thou shalt plaister them with plaister 5 * And there shalt thou buyld vnto the Lord thy God an altar euē an altar of stones thou shalt lift none yron instrument vpon them 6 Thou shalt make the altar of the Lord thy God of whole stones offer burnt offrings thereon vnto the Lord thy God 7 And thou shalt offer peace offrings and shalt eat there and reioyce before the Lord thy God 8 And thou shalt write vpon the stones all the wordes of this Lawe wel and plainly 9 ¶ And Mosés and the Priests of the Leuites spake vnto all Israél saying Take hede and heare ô Israél this day thou art become the people of the Lord thy God 10 Thou shalt hearken therefore vnto the voyce of the Lord thy God and do his commandements and his ordināces which I commande thee this day 11 ¶ And Mosés charged the people the same day saying 12 These shal stand vpon mount Gerizzim to blesse the people when ye shal passe ouer Iordén Simeôn and Leui and Iudáh and Issa chár and Ioséph and Beniamin 13 And these shal stand vpon 〈◊〉 Ebál to curse Reubén Gâd and Ashér and Zebulún Dan and 〈◊〉 14 And the Leuites shal answer and say vnto all the men of Israél with a loude voyce 15 ¶ Cursed be the mā that shal make anie carued or moltē image which is an abominaciō vnto the Lord the worke of the hāds of the craftesmā and putteth it in a secret place And al the people shal answer and say So be it 16 Cursed be he that curseth his father and his mother And all the people shal say So be it 17 Cursed be he that remoueth his neighbours marke And all the people shal say So be it 18 Cursed be he that maketh the blinde go out of the way And all the people shal say So be it 19 Cursed be he that hindreth the right of the stranger the fatherles and the wido we And all the people shal say So be it 20 Cursed be he that lieth with his fathers wif for he hathe vncouered his fathers skirt And all the people shal say So be it 21 Cursed be he that lieth with anie beast And all the people shal say So be it 22 Cursed be he that lieth with his sister the daughter of his father or the daughter of his mother And all the people shal say So be it 23 Cursed be he that lieth with his mother in lawe And all the people shal say So be it 24 Cursed be he that smiteth his neighbour secretly And all the people shal say So be it 25 * Cursed be he that tak eth a rewarde to put to death innocent blood And all the people shal say So be it 26 * Cursed be he that confirmeth nor all the wordes of this Lawe to do them And all the people shal say So be it CHAP. XXVIII 1 The promises to them that obey the commandements 15. The threatenings to the contrarie 1 IF * thou shalte obey diligently the voyce of the Lorde thy God and obserue and do all his commandements whiche I commande thee this daye then the Lorde thy GOD wil set thee on hygh aboue all the nacions of the earth 2 And al these blessings shal come on thee and 〈◊〉 thee if thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God 3 Blessed shalt thou be in the citie and blessed also in the field 4 Blessed 〈◊〉 be the frute of thy body and the frute of thy ground and the frute of thy cattel the increase of thy kine and the flockes of thy shepe 5 Blessed shal be thy basket and thy dough 6 Blessed shalt thou be when thou comest in and blessed also when thou goest out 7 The Lord shall cause thyne enemies that rise against thee to fall before thy face they shal come out against thee one way and shal flee before thee seuen wayes 8 The Lorde shall commande the blessing to be with thee in thy store houses and in all that thou 〈◊〉 thine hād to will blesse thee in the land which the Lord thy Godgiueth thee 9 The Lord shal make thee an holy people vnto him selfe as he hathe sworne vnto thee if thou shalt kepe the commandements of the Lord thy God and walke in his waies 10 Thē all people of the earth shal se that the Name of the Lord is called vpon ouer thee and they shal be afraid of thee 11 And the Lord shal make thee plenteous in goods in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of thy ground in the land which the Lord swarevn to thy fathers to giue thee 12 The Lord shal open vnto thee his good treasure euen the heauen to giue rayne vnto thy land in due season and to blesse all the worke of thine hands thou shalt lend vnto many nacions but shalt not borowe thy self 13 And the Lord shal make thee the head and not the tayle and thou shalt be aboue onely and shalt not be beneth if thou obey the commandemēts of the Lord thy God which I commande thee this day to kepe and to do them 14 But thou shalt not decline from anie of the wordes which I commande you this day ether to the right hand or to the left to go after other gods to serue them
vnto this lande how fearce is this great wrath 25 And they shal answer Because they haue for sakē the couenant of the Lord God of their fathers which he had made with them whē he broght them out of the land of Egypt 26 And went and serued others gods and wor shipped thē euen gods which they knewe not and which had giuen them nothing 27 Therefore the wrath of the Lorde waxed hote agaynst this land to bring vpon it euerie curse that is written in this boke 28 And the Lorde hathe rooted them out of their land in angre and in wrath and in great indignacion and hathe caste them into another land as appeareth this day 29 The secret thyngs belong to the Lorde our God but the things reueiled belong vn to vs and to our children for euer that we may do all the wordes of this Law CHAP. XXX 1 Mercie shewed when they repent 6 The Lord doeth circumcise the heart 〈◊〉 All excuse of ignorance is taken away 19 Life and death is set before them 20 The Lorde is their life which obey him 1 NOw when all these things shall come vppō thee ether the blessing or the curse which I haue set before thee ād thou shalt turne into thine heart among all the naciōs whether the Lord thy God hath driuē thee 2 And shalt returne vnto the Lorde thy God and obey hys voyce in all that I commande thee this day thou and thy children with all thine heart and with all thy soule 3 Then the Lorde thy God will cause thy ' captiues to returne and haue compassion vpon thee and will returne to gather thee out of all the people where the Lord thy God had scatered thee 4 Thogh thou werest caste vnto the vtmost parte of heauen from thence will the Lord thy God gatherthee ād from thence wil he take thee 5 And the Lord thy God wil bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed and thou shalt possesse it and he wil shewe thee fauour and wil multiplie thee aboue thy fathers 6 And the Lord thy God wil circumcise thine heart and the heart of thy sede that thou maist loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule that thou maist liue 7 And the Lord thy God wil lay all these curses vpon thine enemies and on them that hate thee and that persecute thee 8 Returne thou therefore obey the voice of the Lord and do all his commandements which I commande thee this day 9 And the Lord thy God wil make thee plenteous in euerie worke of thine hand in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of the land for thy welth for the Lord wil turne againe and reioyce ouer thee to do thee good as he reioyced ouerthy fathers 10 Because thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God in keping his commandemēts and his ordinances which are written in the boke of this Lawe when thou shalt returne vnto the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule 11 ¶ For this cōmandement which I commande thee this day is nothid frō thee nether is it farre of 12 It is not in heauen that thou shuldest say * Who shal go vp for vs to heauen and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 13 Nether is it beyonde the sea that thou shul dest say Who shal go ouer the sea for vs and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 14 But the worde is verie nere vnto thee euen in thy mouth and in thine heart for to do it 15 Beholde I haue set before thee this day life and good death and euil 16 In that I commande thee this day to loue the Lord thy God to walke in his wayes ād to kepe his commandements and his ordinances and his lawes that thou maiest liue and be multiplied and that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in the land whether thou goest to possesse it 17 But if thine heart turne away so that thou wilt not obey but shalt be seduced and wor ship other gods and serue them 18 I pronounce vnto you this day that ye shal surely perish ye shal not prolong your dayes in the land whether thou passest ouer Iordén to possesse it 19 * I call heauen and earth to recorde this day against you that I haue set before you life and death blessing and cursing therfore chose life that bothe thou and thy sede may liue 20 By louing the Lord thy God by obeying his voyce and by cleauing vnto him for he is thy life and the length of thy dayes that thou maist dwel in the land which the Lord sware vnto thy fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób to giue him CHAP. XXXI 2. 7 Mosés preparing him selfe to dye appointeth 〈◊〉 to rule the people 9 He giueth the I 〈◊〉 to the Leuites that they shulde read it to the people 19 God giueth thē a song as a witnes betwene him and them 23 God 〈◊〉 Ioshúa 29 Mosés 〈◊〉 them that they wil rebel after his death 1 THen Mosés went and spake these wordes vnto all Israél 2 And said vnto them I am an hundreth and twentie yere olde this day I can no more go out and in also the Lord hathe said vnto me * Thou shalt not go ouer this Iordén 3 The Lord thy God he wil go ouer before thee he wil destroy these naciōs before thee and thou shalt possesse thē * Ioshúa he shal go before thee as the Lord hathe said 4 And the Lord shal do vnto them as he dyd to * Sihôn and to Og Kings of the Amorites and vnto their land whome he destroyed 5 And the Lord shal giue them before you that ye may do vnto them according vnto euerie * commandement which I haue cōmanded you 6 Plucke vp your hearts therefore and be strong dread not nor be afrayd of them for the Lord thy God him selfe doeth go with thee he wil not fayle thee nor forsake thee 7 ¶ And Mosés called 〈◊〉 and said vnto him in the sight of all Israél Be of a good courage and strong for thou shalt go with this people vnto the land which the Lord hathe sworne vnto their fathers to giue thē and thou shalt giue it them to inherit 8 And the Lord him selfe 〈◊〉 go before thee he wil be with thee he wil not fayle thee nether forsake thee feare not 〈◊〉 re nor be discomforted 9 ¶ And Mosés wrote this Lawe and deliuered it vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Leui which bare the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord and vnto all the Elders of Israél 10 And Mosés cōmanded them saying * Euerie seuenth yere* when the yere of fredome shal be in the feast of the 〈◊〉 11 When
all Israél shal come to appeare befo re the Lord thy God in the place which he shal chose thou shalt read this Lawe before all Israél that they may heare it 12 Gather the people together men and women and children and thy stranger that is within thy gates that they may heare and that they may learne and feare the Lord your God and kepe and obserue all the wordes of this Lawe 13 And that their children which haue not knowē it may heare it learne to feare the Lord your God as long as ye liue in the land whether ye go ouer Iordén to possesse it 14 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thy dayes are come that thou must dye Call Ioshúa and stand ye in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion that I may giue him a charge so Mosés and Ioshúa went and stode in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 15 And the Lord appeared in the Tabernacle in the piller of a cloude and the piller of the cloude stode ouer the dore of the Tabernacle 16 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and this people wil rise vp and go a whoring after the gods of a strange land whether they go to dwel therein and wil forsake me breake my couenāt which I haue made with them 17 Wherefore my wrath wil waxe hote against them at that day and I wil forsake them and wil hide my face from thē then they shal be consumed and many aduersities and tribula cions shal come vpon them so then they wil say Are not these troubles come vpon me because God is not with me 18 But I wil surely hide my face in that day because of all the euil which they shal commit in that they are turned vnto other gods 19 Now therefore write ye this song for you and teache it the children of Israél put it in their mouthes that this song may be my witnes against the children of Israél 20 For I wil bring them into the land which I sware vnto their fathers that floweth with milke and honie and they shal eat and fil them selues and waxe fat then shal they turne vnto other gods and serue them and contemne and breake my couenant 21 And then when manie aduersities and tribulacions shal come vpon them this song shal answer them to their face as a witnes for it shal not be forgotten out of the mouthes of their posteritie for I knowe their imaginacion which they go about enē now before I haue broght them into the land which I sware 22 ¶ Mosés therefore wrote this song the same day and taught it the children of Israél 23 And God gaue Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a charge and said * Be strong and of a good courage for thou shalt bring the children of Israél into the land which I sware vnto thē and I wil be with thee 24 ¶ And when Mosés had made an end of writing the wordes of this Lawe in a boke vntil he had finished them 25 Then Mosés cōmanded the Leuites which barethe Arke of the couenant of the Lord saying 26 Take the boke of this Law and putye it in the side of the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God that it may be there for a witnes against thee 27 For I knowethy rebellion thy stiffe necke beholde I being yet aliue with you this day ye are rebellious against the Lord how muche more then after my death 28 Gather vnto me all the Elders of your tribes and your officers that I may speake these wordes in their audience and call heauen and earth to recorde against them 29 For I am sure that after my death ye wil vtterly be corrupt and turne from the way which I haue commanded you therefore euil wil come vpon you at the length because ye wil commit euil in the sight of the Lord by prouoking him to angre through the worke of your handes 30 Thus Mosés spake in the audience of all the Congregacion of Israél the wordes of this song vntil he had ended them CHAP. XXXII 7 The song of Mosés conteining Gods benefites toward the people 15 And their in gratitude toward him 20 God menaceth them 21 And speaketh of the vocation of the Gentiles 46 Mosés commandeth to teache the Lawe to the children 48 God fore warneth Mosés of his death 1 HEarkenye heauens and I wil speake and let the earth heare the wordes of my mouth 2 My doctrine shal drop as the raine and my speache shal stil as doeth the dewe as the shoure vpon the herbes and as the great raine vpon the grasse 3 For I wil publishe the Name of the Lord giue ye glorie vnto our God 4 Perfect is the worke of the mighty God for all his wayes are iudgement God is true and without wickednes iust and righteous is he 5 They haue corrupted them selues toward him by their vice not being his children but a frowarde and crooked generacion 6 Do ye so rewarde the Lord ô foolish people and vnwise is not he thy father that hathe boght thee he hathe made thee and proportioned thee 7 ¶ Remember the dayes of olde consider the yeres of so manie generacions aske thy father and he wil shewe thee thine Elders they wil tel thee 8 When the most 〈◊〉 God deuided to the 〈◊〉 cions their inheritance when he separated the sonnes of Adám he appointed the borders of the people according to the nomber of the children of Israél 9 For the Lords porciō is his people Iaakób is the lot of his inheritance 10 He founde him in the land of the wildernes in a waste and roaring wildernes he led him about he taugh thim and kept him as the apple of his eye 11 As an egle stereth vp her nest flotereth ouer her birdes stretcheth out her wings taketh them and beareth them on her wings 12 So the Lord alone led him and there was no strange god with him 13 He caried him vp to the hie places of the earth that he might eat the frutes of the fields and he caused him to sucke hony out of the stone and oyle out of the hard rocke 14 Butter of kine and milke of shepe with fat of the lambs and rams fed Bashán and goates wyth the fat of the graynes of wheat and the red licour of the 〈◊〉 haste thou dronke 15 ¶ But he that shulde haue bene vpryght when he waxed fat spurned wyth hys hele thou att fat thou art grosse thou art laden with fatnes therfore he forsoke God that made him and regarded not the strong God of his saluacion 16 They prouoked hym with strange gods they prouoked hym to angre wyth abominacions 17 They offred vnto deuils not to God but to gods whom they knew not newe gods that came newly vp whome theyr fathers feared not 18 Thou
from the people of God declaryng vnto vs thereby that the Gentiles shulde be sanctified by hym and ioyned with his people and that there shulde be but one shepefolde and one shepherde And it semeth that this historie apperteineth to the time of the Iudges CHAP. I. 1 Elimelech goeth with his wife and childrē into the land of Moáb 3 He and his sonnes dye 19 Naomi and Ruth come to Beth 〈◊〉 1 IN the tyme that the iudges ruled there was a dearth in the lād a man of Beth-léhem Iudáh went for to soiourne in the countrey of Moáb he and hys wife and his two sonnes 2 And the name of the man was Elimélech and the name of his wyfe Naomi and the names of his two sonnes Mahlon and Chilion Ephrathites of Beth-léhem Iudáh and when they came into the land of Moáb they continued there 3 Then Elimélech the housbande of Naomi dyed ād she remained with her two sonnes 4 Whiche toke them wyues of the Moabites the ones name was Orpáh and the name of the other Ruth and they dwelled there about ten yeres 5 And Mahlón and Chilion dyed also bothe twaine so the woman was left destitute of her two sonnes and of her housband 6 ¶ Then she arose with her daughters in law and returned from the countrey of Moáb for she had hearde saye in the countrey of Moáb that the Lorde had visited his people and giuen them bread 7 Wherefore she departed oute of the place where she was and her two daughters in lawe with her and they went on theyr waye to returne vnto the land of Iudáh 8 Then Naomi sayd vnto her two daughters in lawe Go returne eche of you vnto her own mothers house the Lord shewe fauour vnto you as ye haue done with the dead and with me 9 The Lorde grante you that you may finde rest ether of you in the house of her houshand And when she kissed them they lift vp their voyce and wept 10 And they said vnto her Surely we will returne with thee vnto thy people 11 But Naomisaid Turne agayne my daughters for what cause will you go with me are there anie mo sonnes in my wombe that they may be your housbands 12 Turne againe my daughters go your way for I am to olde to haue an housband if I shuld say I haue hope and if I had an housband this night yea if I had borne sonnes 13 Wolde ye tary for them til they were of age wolde ye be differred for them from taking of housbands nay my daughters for it grieueth me muche for your sakes that the hād of the Lorde is gone out against me 14 Then they lift vp their voyce and wept againe and Orpáh kissed her mother in law but Ruth abode still with her 15 And Naomi said Beholde thy sister in lawe is gone backe vnto her people and vnto her gods returne thou after thy sister in law 16 And Ruth answered Intreat me not to leaue thee nor to departe from thee for whither thou goest I will go and where thou dwellest I will dwel thy people shal be my people and thy God my God 17 Where thou dyest wil I dye and there wil I be buried the Lord do so to me and more also if ought but death departe thee and me 18 ¶ When she sawe that she was stedfastly minded to go with her she left speaking vnto her 19 So they went bothe vntyll they came to Beth-léhē when they were come to Beth-léhem it was noised of them through all the citie and they said Is not this Naomi 20 And she answered them Call me not Nao mi but call me Mará for the Almyghtie hathe giuen me muche bitternes 21 I went out full ād the Lord hath caused me to returne empty why call ye me Naomi seyng the Lord hath hūbled me and the Almyghty hathe broght me vnto aduersitie 22 So Naomi returned and Ruth the Moabitesse her daughter in law with her when she came out of the coūtrey of Moáb and they came to Beth-léhem in the begynnyng of barly haruest CHAP. II. 1 〈◊〉 gathered corne in the fieldes of Boaz. 15 The gentlnes of Boaz toward her 1 THen Naomis housband had a kynsman one of great power of the familie of Elimélech and his name was Bóaz 2 And Ruth the Moabitesse sayde vnto Naomi I pray thee let me go to the field and ga ther eares of corne after him in whose sight I find fauour And she said vnto her Go my daughter 3 ¶ And she went came and gleaned in the field after the reapers and it came to passe that she met with the portion of the field of Boaz who was of the familie of Elimélech 4 And beholde Bóaz came from Beth-léhem and said vnto the reapers The Lord be with you and thei answered him The Lord blesse thee 5 Thē said Bôaz vnto his seruant that was appoīted ouerthe reapers Whose maid is this 6 And the seruant that was appointed ouer the reapers answered and said It is the Moabitish mayd that came with Naomi out of the countrey of Mōab 7 And she said vnto vs I pray you let me gleane and gather after the reapers among the sheaues so she came and hathe continued from that time in the morning vnto now saue that she taried a litle in the house 8 ¶ Then said Bóaz vnto Ruth Hearest thou my daughter go to none other field to gather nether go from hence but abide here by my maidens 9 Let thine eyes be on the field that they do reape and go thou after the maidens Haue I not charged the seruants that they touche thee not Moreouer when thou art a thirst go vnto the vessels and drinke of that which the seruants haue drawen 10 Then she fel on her face and bowed her self to the ground and said vnto him How haue I foūd fauour in thine eyes that thou shuldest knowe me seing I am a stranger 11 And Bôaz answered and said vnto her All is tolde and shewed me that thou hast done vnto thy mother in law since the death of thine housband and how hast left thy father and thy mother and the land where thou wast borne art come vnto a people which thou knewest not in time past 12 The Lord recompence thy worke and a ful reward be giuen thee of the Lord God of Israél vnder whose wings thou art come to trust 13 Then she said Let me finde fauour in thy sight my lord for thou hast comforted me and spoken comfortably vnto thy maid thogh I be not like to one of thy maids 14 And Bôaz said vnto her At the meale time come thou hither and eat of the bread and dip thy morsel in the vinegre And she sate beside the reapers and he reached her parched corne and she did eat and was 〈◊〉 and left thereof 15 ¶ And when she arose to gleane
Arke of God is taken 18 ¶ And when he had made mencion of the Arke of God Eli fel from his seate backwarde by the side of the gate and his necke was broken and he dyed for he was an olde man and heauye and he had iudged Israél fortie yeres 19 And his daughter in law Phinehás wife was with childe nere her trauel and when she heard the report that the Arke of God was taken and that her father in lawe and her housband were dead she bowed her selfe and traueled for her paines came vpon her 20 And about the time of her death the women that stode about her said vnto her Feare not for thou hast borne a sonne but she answered not nor regarded it 21 And she named the childe Ichabód saying The glorie is departed from Israél because the Arke of God was taken and because of her father in lawe and her housband 22 She said againe The glorie is departed frō Israél for the Arke of God is taken CHAP. V. 2 The Philistims 〈◊〉 the Arke into the house of Dagón which idole fel downe before it 6 The men of Ashdód are plagued 8 The Arke is caryed into Gath and after to Ekrón 1 THen the Philistims toke the Arke of God and caryed it from Ebén ézer vnto Ashdōd 2 Euen the Philistims toke the Arke of God and broght it into the house of Dagōn and set it by Dagōn 3 And when they of Ashdōd rose the next day in the morning beholde Dagōn was fallen vpon his face on the grounde before the Arke of the Lord and they tokevp Dagón and set him in his place againe 4 Also they rose vp early in the morning the next day beholde Dagón was fallen vpon his face on the grounde before the Arke of the Lord and the head of Dagōn and the two palmes of his hands were cut of vpon the thresholde onely the stumpe of Dagón was left to him 5 Therefore the Priests of Dagón and all that come into Dagons house treade not on the thresholde of Dagón in Ashdód vnto this day 6 But the hand of the Lord was heauy vpon them of Ashdōd and destroyed thē smote them with * emerods bothe Ashdōd and the coastes thereof 7 And whē the men of Ashdōd sawe this they said Let not the Arke of the God of Israél abide with vs for his hand is sore vpon vs ād vpon Dagōn our god 8 They sent therefore and gathered all the princes of the Philistims vnto them and said What shall we do with the Arke of the God of Israél And they answered Let the Arke of the God of Israél be caried about vnto Gath and they caried the Arke of the God of Israél about 9 And when they had caried it about the hand of the LORD was against the citie with a very greate destruction and he smote the men of the citie bothe small and greate and they had emerods in their secret partes 10 ¶ Therefore they sent the Arke of GOD to Ekrōn and assone as the Arke of GOD came to Ekrōn the Ekronites cryed out saying They haue broght the Arke of the GOD of Israél to vs to slay vs and our people 11 Therefore they sent and gathered together all the princes of the Philistims said Send away the Arke of the God of Israél let it returne to his owne place that it slay vs not and our people for there was a destruction and death through out all the citie and the hand of God was very sore there 12 And the men that dyed not were smitten with the emerods and the crye of the citie went vp to heauen CHAP. VI. 1 The time that the Arke was with the Philistims whiche they sent againe with a gift 12 It commeth to Beth-shémesh 17 The Philistims offer golden emerods 19 The men of Beth-shémesh are stricken for loking into the Arke 1 SO the Arke of the Lord was in the countrey of the Philistims seuen monethes 2 And the Philistims called the Priestes and the soth sayers saying What shal we do with the Arke of the Lord tel vs where with we shall send it home againe 3 And they said If you send away the Arke of the God of Israél send it not away emptie but giue vnto it a sinne offring then shal ye be healed and it shal be knowē to you why his hand departeth not from you 4 Then said they What shal be the sinne offring which we shal giue vnto it And they answered Fiue golden emerods fiue golden mice according to the nomber of the Princes of the Philistims for one plague was on you all and on your princes 5 Wherefore ye shall make the similitudes of your emerods and the similitudes of your mice that destroye the land so ye shall giue glorie vnto the God of Israél that he may take his hand from you from your gods and from your land 6 Wherefore then shulde ye harden your heartes as the Egyptians and Pharaôh hardened their heartes when he wroght wonderfully among them * did they not let thē go and they departed 7 Now therefore make a newe carte and take two melche kine on whome there hathe come no yoke and tye the kine to the carte and bring the calues home from them 8 Then take the Arke of the Lord and set it vpon the carte and put the iewels of golde whiche ye giue it for a sinne offring in a coffer by the side thereof and send it away that it may go 9 And take hede if it go vp by the way of his owne coast to Beth-shémesh it is he that did vs this greate euil but if not we shall knowe then that it is not his hād that smote vs but it was a chance that happened vs. 10 And the men did so for they toke two kine that gaue milke and tyed them to the carte and shut the calues at home 11 So they set the Arke of the LORD vpon the carte and the coffer with the mice of golde and with the similitudes of their emerods 12 And the kine wēt the streight way to Beth-shémesh and kept one path and lowed as they went and turned nether to the right hand nor to the left also the princes of the Philistims went after thē vnto the borders of Beth-shémesh 13 Now they of Beth-shémesh were reaping their wheat haruest in the valley and they lift vp their eyes and spyed the Arke and reioyced when they sawe it 14 ¶ And the carte came into the fielde of Ioshúa a Bethshemite and stode stil there there was also a great stone and they claue the wood of the carte and offred the kine for a burnt offring vnto the Lord. 15 And the Leuites toke downe the Arke of the Lord and the coffer that was with it wherein the iewels of golde were and put them on the great stone and the men of
and Iehozabád the sonne of Shommér hys seruants smote him ād he dyed ād they buried hym with hys fathers in the citie of Dauid And Amaziah his sonne reigned in his steade CHAP. XIII 3 Iehoahaz the sonne of Iehu is deliuered into the handes of the Syrians 5 He prayeth vnto God and is deliuered 〈◊〉 Ioash hys sonne reigneth in hys steade 24 Hazaél dyeth 26 Elisha dyeth 1 IN the thre and twentieth yere of Ioash the sonne of Ahaziah Kynge of Iudah Iehoahaz the sonne of Iehu began to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria and he reigned seuentene yere 2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lord and followed the sinnes of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat whiche made Israél to sinne ād departed not therefrom 3 And the Lord was angry with Israél and deliuered them into the hand of Hazaél Kyng of Aram and into the hand of Benhadad the sonne of Hazaél all his dayes 4 And Iehoahaz besoght the Lorde and the Lorde heard him for he sawe the trouble of Israél wherewith the Kyng of Aram troubled them 5 And the Lorde gaue Israél a deliuerer so that they came out from vnder the subiection of the Aramites And the childrē of Israél dwelt in their tentes as before time 6 Neuertheles they departed not from the sinnes of the house of Ieroboam whiche made Israél sinne but walked in them euen the groue also remained stil in Samaria 7 For he had left of the people to Iehoahaz but fiftie horsemen and ten charets and ten thousand fotemen because the King of Aram had destroyed them ād made them like dust beaten to poudre 8 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Iehoahaz and all that he did and his valiant dedes are they not writen in the boke of the Chro nicles of the Kings of Israél 9 And Iehoahaz slept with his fathers and they buryed him in Samaria and Ioash his sonne reigned in his steade 10 ¶ In the seuen and thirtieth yere of Ioash Kyng of Iudah began Iehoash the sonne of Iehoahaz to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria and reigned sixtene yere 11 And did euil in the sight of the Lorde for he departed not from all the sinnes of Ieroboam the sonne of Nebat that made Israél to sinne but he walked therein 12 Concernyng the rest of the actes of Ioash and al that he did and his valiant dedes and how he foght against Amaziah King of Iudah are they not writen in the boke of the Chronicles of the King of Israél 13 And Ioash slept with his fathers and Ieroboā sate vpon his seat and Ioash was buried in Samaria among the Kings of Israél 14 ¶ Whē Elisha fel sicke of his sicknes wherof he dyed loash the Kynge of Israél came downe vnto him and wept vpon his face ād said O my father my father the charet of Israél and the horsemen of the same 15 Then Elisha sayd vnto hym Take a bowe and arowes And he toke vnto him bowe and arowes 16 And he sayd to the Kyng of Israél Put thine hand vpon the bowe And he put his hande vpon it And Elisha put his hands vpon the Kings hands 17 And sayd Open the windowe Eastwarde And when he had opened it Elisha sayd Shote And he shot And he sayd Beholde the arowe of the Lordes deliuerance and the arowe of deliuerance against Aram for thou shalt smite the Aramites in Aphék till thou hast consumed them 18 Agayne he sayd Take the arowes And he toke them And he said vnto the King of Israél Smite the ground And he smote thrise and ceased 19 Then the mā of God was angry with him and said Thou shuldest haue smiten fiue or sixtimes so thou shuldest haue smiten Aram til thou hadest consumed it where nowe thou shalt smite Aram but thrise 20 ¶ So Elisha dyed and they buryed him And certeine bands of the Moabites came into the land that yere 21 And as they were burying a man beholde they sawe the souldiers therefore they cast the man into the sepulchre of Elisha And when the man was downe and touched the bones of Elisha * he reuiued and stode vpō hys fete 22 ¶ But Hazaél King of Aram vexed Israél all the dayes of Iehoahaz 23 Therefore the Lorde had mercie on them and pitied them and had respect vnto them because of his couenant with Abraham Izhák and Iaak ób and wolde not destroy thē nether cast he them from him as yet 24 So Hazaél the King of Aram dyed ād Benhadad his sonne reigned in his steade 25 Therefore Iehoash the sonne of Iehoahaz returned ād toke out of the hand of Ben-hadád the sonne of Hazaél the cities which he had taken away by warre out of the hand of Iehoahaz his father for thre times did Ioash beat him and restored the cities vnto Israél CHAP. XIIII 1 Amaziah the King of Iudah putteth to death them that slewe hys father 7 And after smiteth Edom. 15 Ioash dyeth and Ieroboam his sonne succedeth him And after him reigneth Zachariah 1 THe seconde yere of Ioash sonne of Iehoa haz King of Israél reigned * Amaziah the sonne of Ioash King of Iudah 2 He was fiue and twentie yere olde when he began to reigne and reigned nine and twentie yere in Ierusalém and his mothers name was Iehoadan of Ierusalém 3 And he dyd vpryghtlye in the sight of the lord yet not like Dauid his father but did ac cording to all that Ioash his father had done 4 Notwithstanding the hie place were not taken away for as yet the people did sacrifice and burnt incense in the hie places 5 ¶ And when the kyngdome was confirmed in his hand * he slewe his seruāts which had killed the King his father 6 But the children of those that did slay him he slewe not accordyng vnto that that is written in the boke of the Lawe of Mosés wherein the Lorde commaunded saying * The fathers shal not be put to death for the children 〈◊〉 the children put to death for the fathers but euerie man shal be put to death for his owne sinne 7 He slewe also of Edom in the valley of salt ten thousand and toke the citie of Sela by warre and called the name thereof Ioktheél vnto this day 8 ¶ Then Amaziah sent messengers to Iehoash the sonne of Iehoahaz sonne of Iehu Kyng of Israél saying Come let vs se one another in the face 9 Then Iehoash the Kynge of Israél sent to Amaziah Kynge of Iudah saying The thistle that is in Lebanon sent to the cedre that is in Lebanon saying Giue thy daughter to my sonne to wife and the wilde beast that was in Lebanón went and trode down the thistle 10 Because thou haste smiten Edom thine heart hathe made thee proude brag of glorie and tarye at home why doest thou prouoke to thyne hurt that thou shuldest fall and Iudah with thee
the sonne of Hilkiah 2 The sonne of Shallum the sonne of Zadók the sonne of Ahitub 3 The sonne of Amariáh the sonne of Azariáh the sonne of Meraioth 4 The sonne of Zeraiah the sonne of Vzzi the sonne of Bukki 5 The sonne of Abisshua the sonne of Phinehás the sonne of Eleazar the sonne of Aarôu the chief Priest 6 This Ezrâ came vp from Babél and was a scribe prompt in the Law of Mosés whiche the Lorde God of Israél had giuen and the King gaue hym all his request accordyng to the hand of the Lorde hys God which was vpon him 7 And there went vp certeine of the children of Israél and of the Priests and the Leuites and the singers and the porters and the Nethinims vnto Ierusalém in the seuent yere of King Artah shashte 8 And he came to Ierusalē in the fift moneth whiche was in the seuent yere of the King 9 For vpon the first daye of the first moneth began he to go vp frome Babél and on the first day of the fift moneth came he to Ieru salém accordyng to the good hande of hys God that was vpon him 10 For Ezrá had prepared hys heart to seke the Lawe of the Lord and to do it and to teachethe precepts and iudgements in Israél 11 ¶ And thys is the copie of the letter that King Artah shashte gaue vnto Ezra the Priest and scribe euen a writer of the wordes of the commandements of the Lord and of his statutes ouer Israél 12 Artah shashte Kyng of Kynges to Ezrá the Priest and perfite scribe of the Lawe of the God of heauen and to Cheéneth 13 I haue giuen commandement that euerie one that is willing in my kyngdome of the people of Israél and of the Priests and Leuites to go to Ierusalém with thee shal go 14 Therfore art thou sent of the King and his seuen counselers to enquire in Iudah and Ierusalém according to the Law of thy God which is in thine hand 15 And to carie the siluer and the golde whiche the King and his counselers willingly of fer vnto the God of Israél whose habitacion is in Ierusalém 16 And all the siluer and golde that thou canst finde in all the prouince of Babél with the fre offring of the people and that whiche the Priestes offre willingly to the house of their God which is in Ierusalém 17 That thou maiest bye spedely with that siluer bullockes rams lambes with their meat offrings and their drinke offrings and thou shalt offer them vpon the altar of the house of my God which is in Ierusalém 18 And whatsoeuer it please thee and thy bre thren to do with the rest of the siluer and golde do ye it accordyng to the will of your God 19 And the vessels that are giuen thee for the seruice of the house of thy God those deliuer thou before God in Ierusalém 20 And the residue that shal be nedeful for the house of thy God whiche shal be mete for thee to bestowe thou shalt bestowe it out of the Kings treasure house 21 And I King Artah shashte haue giuen commandement to all the treasurers whiche are beyon dei the Riuer that whatsoeuer Ezrá the Priest and scribe of the Lawe of the God of heauen shall require of you that it be done incontinently 22 Vnto an hundreth talents of siluer vnto an hūdreth measures of wheat ād vnto an hūdreth baths of wine and vnto an hundreth baths of oyle and salt without writing 23 Whatsoeuer is by the commandement of the GOD of heauen let it be done spedely for the house of the God of heauen for why shulde he be wrath againste the realme of of the Kyng and children 24 And we certifie you that vpon anie of the Priests Leuites singers porters Nethinims or ministers in this house of God there shal no gouernour lay vpon them tolle tribute nor custome 25 And thou Ezrá after the wisdome of thy God that is in thine hand setiudges and ar biters which may iudge all the people that is beyonde the Riuer euen all that knowe the Lawe of thy God and teache ye them that knowe it not 26 And whosoeuer wil not do the Lawe of thy God and the Kings lawe let hym haue iudgement without delay whether it be vnto death or to banishment or to confiscation of goods or to imprisonement 27 Blessed be the Lorde God of our fathers whiche so hathe put in the Kings heart to beautifie the house of the Lord that is in Ierusalém 28 And hathe enclined mercye towarde me before the King and his counselers and before all the Kings mightie princes and I was comforted by the hand of the Lord my God which was vpon me and I gathered the chief of Israél to go vp with me CHAP. VIII 1 The nomber of thē that returned to Ierusalém with Ezra 21 He causeth them to fast 24 He admonisheth the Priests of their duetie 31 What they did when they came to Ierusalém 1 THese * are now the chief fáthers of them and the genealogie of them that came vp with me from Babél in the reigne of Kyng Arthshashte 2 Of the sonnes of Phine has Gersnóm of the sonnes of It hamar Daniél of the sonnes of Dauid Hattush 3 Of the sonnes of She ohaniah of the sonnes of Pharósh Zechariah and with him the counte of the males an hundreth and fiftie 4 Of the sonnes of Pahath Moáb Elihoenai the sonne of Zerahiáh and with hym two hundreth males 5 Of the sonnes of Shechaniah the sonne of 〈◊〉 and with him thre hundreth males 6 And of the sonnes of Adin Ebed the sonne of 〈◊〉 and with him fiftie males 7 And of the sonnes of Elám Ieshaiah the sonne of Athaliah and with him seuentie males 8 And of the sonnes of Shephatiáh Zebadiáh the sonne of Michaél and with hym foure scoremales 9 Of the sonnes of Ioáb Obadiáh the sonne of Iehiél and with him two hundreth and eyghtene males 10 And of the sonnes of Shelomith the sonne of Iosiphiah and with hym an hundreth and thre scoremales 11 And of the sonnes of Bebái Zechariáh the sonne of 〈◊〉 ād with him eight and twentie males 12 And of the sonnes of Azgád Iohanan the sonne of 〈◊〉 and with him an hundreth and ten males 13 And of the sonnes of Adonikam that were the last whose names are these Eliphélet Iehiél and Shemaiah and with them thre scoremales 14 And of the sonnes of Biguai Vthai and Zab bud and with them seuentie males 15 And I gathered thē to the Riuer that goeth toward Ahauá and there abode we thre day es then I vewed the people and the Priests ād founde there none of the sonnes of Leui. 16 Therefore sent Ito 〈◊〉 to Ariél to Shemeiah and to Elnathán and to Iarib and to Elnathán and to Nathán and to Zechariáh and to Meshullam the chief and to Ioiarib and
prosperitie of the time past 7. 21 His 〈◊〉 12 Iustice and equitie 1 SO Iob proceded and continued his 〈◊〉 saying 2 Oh that I were as in times past whē God preserued me 3 When his light shined vpon myne head and when by his light I walked through the darkenes 4 As I was in the dayes of my youth when Gods prouidence was vpō my tabernacle 5 VVhē the Almightie was yet with me my children rounde about me 6 VVhen I washed my paths with butter and when the rocke powred me out riuers of oyle 7 VVhen I went out to the gate euē to the iudgement seat and when I caused them to prepare my seat in the strete 8 The yong men sawe me and hid thē selues and the aged a rose and stode vp 9 The princes stayed talke and laied theyr hand on their mouth 10 The voice of princes was hid their tongue cleaued to the 〈◊〉 of their mouth 11 And when the eare heard me it blessed me and when the eye sawe me it gaue witnes to me 12 For I deliuered the poore that cryed and the fatherles him that had none to helpe him 13 The blessing of him that was readye to perish came vpon me and I caused the widowes heart to reioyce 14 I put on iustice and it couered me my iudgement was as a robe and a crowne 15 I was the eyes to the blinde and I was the fete to the lame 16 I was a father vnto the poore and when I knewe not the cause I soght it out diligently 17 I brake also the chawes of the vnrighteous mā and plucke the praye out of his tethe 18 Then I said I shall dye in my nest and I shal multiplie my dayes as the sande 19 For my roote is spred out by the water the dewe shal lye vpon my branche 20 My glorie shal renue towarde me and my bowe shal be restored in mine hand 21 Vnto me men gaue eare and waited and helde their tongue at my counsel 22 After my wordes thei replied not my talke dropped vpon them 23 And they waited for me as for the rayne and they opened their mouth as for the latter raine 24 If I laughed on thē they beleued it not nether did thei cause the light of my countenance to fall 25 I appointed out their way and did sit as chief and dwelt as a King in the armie like him that comforteth the mourners CHAP. XXX 1 Iob complaineth that he is contemned of the most contemptible 11. 21. Because of hys aduersitie and affliction 23 Death is the house of all flesh 1 BVt now they that are yonger then I mocke me yea thei whose fathers I haue refused to set wyth the dogges of my flockes 2 For where to shulde the strength of theyr hands haue serued me seing age perished in them 3 For pouertie and famine they were solitarie fleing into the wildernes which is darke desolate and waste 4 They cut vp nettels by the bushes the iuniper rootes was their meat 5 Thei were chased forthe from amonge men thei showted at them as at a 〈◊〉 6 Therefore they dwelt in the clefts of riuers in the holes of the earth and rockes 7 They roared among the bushes and vnder the thistels they gathered them selues 8 They were the children of fooles and the childrē of villaines which were more vile then the earth 9 And now am I their song and I am theyr talke 10 They abhorre me and flee farre from me and spare not to spit in my face 11 Because that God hathe losed my corde and humble me they haue losed the bridel before me 12 The youth rise vp at my right hand they haue pusht my 〈◊〉 and haue trode on me as on the paths of their destruction 13 They haue destroyed my paths they toke pleasure at my calamitie they had none helpe 14 They came as a great breache of waters and vnder this calamitie they come on heapes 15 Feare is turned vpon me and thei pursue my soule as the winde mine health passeth away as a cloude 16 Therefore my soule is now powred out vpon me and the dayes of affliction haue taken holde on me 17 It perceth my bones in the night and my sinewes take no rest 18 For the greate vchemencie is my garment changed which compasseth me about as the colar of my coate 19 He hathe cast me into the myre and I am become like ashes and dust 20 Whē I crye vnto thee thou doest not heare me nether regardest me whē I stand vp 21 Thou turnest thy self cruelly against me and art enemie vnto me with the strength of thine hand 22 Thou takest me vp and causest me to ride vpon the winde and makest my strēgth to faile 23 Surely I know that thou wilt bring me to death and to the house appointed for all the liuing 24 Doutles none can stretche his hād vnto the graue thogh they crye in hys destruction 25 Did not I wepe with him that was in trouble was not my soule in heauines for the poore 26 Yet when I loked for good euyll came vnto me and when I waited for light there came darkenes 27 My bowels did boyle without rest for the dayes of affliction are come vpon me 28 I went mourning without sunne I stode vp in the congregacion and cryed 29 I am a brother to the dragons and a cōpanion to the ostriches 30 My skinne is blacke vpō me and my bones are burnt with heat 31 Therefore mine harpe is turned to mourning and myne organs into the voyce of them that wepe CHAP. XXXI 1 Iob reciteth the innocencie of his liuing and nomber of his vertues which declareth what ought to be the life of the faithful 1 I Made a couenant with mine eyes why then shulde I thinke on a maid 2 For what porcion shulde I haue of God from aboue and what in heritance of the Almightie from on hie 3 Is not destruction to the wicked strāge punishment to the workes of iniquitie 4 Doeth not beholde my wayes and tel all my steppes 5 If I haue walked in vanitie or if my fote hath made haste to deceit 6 Let God weigh me in the iuste balance he shal knowe mine vprightnes 7 If my step hathe turned out of the way or mine heart hath walked after mine eye or if anie blot hathe cleaued to mine hands 8 Let me sowe and let another eat yea let my plants be rooted out 9 If mine hearte hathe bene deceiued by a woman or if I haue layed waite at the dore of my neighbour 10 Let my wife grinde vnto another man and let other men bowe downe vpon her 11 For this is a wickednes and iniquitie to be condemned
thy worde 68 Thou art good and gracious teache me thy statutes 69 The proude haue imagined a lie against me but I wil kepe thy precepts with my whole heart 70 Their heart is fat as grease but my delite is in thy Law 71 It is good for me that I haue afflicted that I maie learne thy statutes 72 The Lawe of thy mouth is better vnto me then thousands of golde and siluer IOD 73 Thine hands haue made me and facioned me giue me vnderstanding therefore that I maie learne thy commandements 74 So they that feare thee seing me shal reioyce because I haue trusted in thy worde 75 I knowe o Lord that thy iudgements are right ād that thou hast afflicted me iustly 76 I praie thee that thy mercie maye comfort me according to thy promes vnto thy seruāt 77 Let thy tender mercies come vnto me that I maie liue for thy Law is my delite 78 Let the proude be ashamed for they haue dealt wickedly and falsely with me but I meditate in thy precepts 79 Let suche as feare thee turne vnto me and they that knowe thy testimonies 80 Let mine heart he vpright in thy statutes that I be not ashamed CAPH 81 My soule fainteth for thy saluacion yet I waite for thy worde 82 Mine eyes faile for thy promes sayinge When wilt thou comfort me 83 For I am like a bottel in the smoke yet do I not forget thy statutes 84 How manie are the daies of thy seruaunt when wilt thou execute iudgement on them that persecute me 85 The proude haue digged pits for me whiche is not after thy Law 86 Althy commandements are true they per secute me falsely helpe me 87 They had almost consumed me vpon the earth but I forsoke not thy precepts 88 Quicken me accordyng to thy 〈◊〉 kindenes so shall kepe the testimonie of thy mouth LAMED 89 O Lorde thy worde endureth for euer in heauen 90 Thy trueth is from generacion to genera racion thou hast laied the fundacion of the earth and it abideth 91 They continue euen to this daie by thine ordinances for all are thy seruants 92 Except thy Law had bene my delite I shuld now haue perished in mine affliction 93 I wil neuer forget thy precepts for by them thou hast quickened me 94 I am thine saue me for I haue soght thy precepts 95 The wicked haue waited for me to destroye me but I wil consider thy testimonies 96 I haue sene an end of all perfection but thy commandement is exceding large MEM. 97 Oh how loue I thy Lawe it is my meditacion continually 98 By thy commaundements thou hast made me wiser then mine enemies for they are euer with me 99 I haue had more vnderstandyng then all my teachers for thy testimonies are my me ditacion 100 I vnderstode more then the ancient because I kept thy precepts 101 I haue refrained my fete from euerie euill way that I might kepe thy worde 102 I haue not declined from thy iudgements for thou didest teache me 103 Howe swete are thy promises vnto my mouthe yea more then honie vnto my mouth 104 By thy preceptes I haue gotten vnderstandyng therefore I hate all the wayes of falsehode NVN. 105 Thy worde is a lanterne vnto my fete and a light vnto my path 106 I haue sworne and wil performe it that I wil kepe thy righteous iudgements 107 I am verie sore afflicted o Lorde quicken me according to thy worde 108 O Lorde I beseche thee accept the fre offrings of my mouthe and teache me thy iudgements 109 My soule is continually in mine hand yet do I not forget thy Law 110 The wicked haue layed a snare for me but I swarued not from thy precepts 111 Thy testimonies haue I taken as an heritage for euer for they are the ioye of mine heart 112 I haue applied mine heart to fulfil thy statutes alwaye euen vnto the end SAMECH 113 I hate vaine inuentions but thy Lawe do I loue 114 Thou art my refuge and shield and I trust in thy worde 115 A waie from me ye wicked for I wil kepe the commandements of my God 116 Stablishe me accordynge to thy promes that 〈◊〉 maye liue and disapoint me not of mine hope 117 Stay thou me and I shal be safe and I will delite continually in thy statutes 118 Thou hast troden downe all them that departe frome thy statutes for their deceit is vaine 119 Thou hast taken awaye all the wicked of the earth like drosse therefore I loue thy testimonies 120 My flesh trembleth for feare of thee and I am afraied of thy iudgements AIN 121 I haue executed iudgemēt and iustice leaue me not to mine oppressours 122 Answer for thy seruant in that whiche is good ād let not the proude oppresse me 123 Mine eyes haue failed in waiting for thy saluacion and for thy iuste promes 124 Deale with thy seruant according to thy mercie and teache me thy statutes 125 I am thy seruaunt grante me therfore vnderstandynge that I maye knowe thy testimonies 126 It is time for the Lord to worke for they haue destroyed thy Law 127 Therefore loue I thy cōmandemēts aboue golde 〈◊〉 aboue moste fine golde 128 Therefore I esteme all thy precepts moste iuste and hate all false waies PE. 129 Thy testimonies 〈◊〉 wōderful therefore doeth my soule kepe them 130 The entrance into thy wordes sheweth light and giueth vnderstanding to the simple 131 I opened my mouth and panted because I loued thy commandements 132 Loke vpon me and be merciful vnto me as thou vsest to do vnto those that loue thy Name 133 Direct my steppes in thy worde and let no ne iniquitie haue dominion ouer me 134 Deliuer me from the oppression of men I wil kepe thy precepts 135 Shewe the light of thy countenance vpon thy seruant and teache me thy statutes 136 Mine eyes gush out with riuers of water because they kepe not thy Law STADDI 137 Righteous art thou ô Lord and iuste are thy iudgements 138 Thou hast commanded iustice by thy testimonies and trueth especially 139 * My zeale hathe euen cōsumed me becau se mine enemies haue forgoten thy wordes 140 Thy worde is proued moste pure ād thy seruant loueth it 141 I am smale and despised yet do I not for get thy precepts 142 Thy righteousnes is an euerlasting righteousnes and thy Law is trueth 143 Trouble and anguishe are come vpon me yet are thy commandements my delite 144 The righteousnes of thy testimonies is euerlasting grante me vnderstanding and I shal liue KOPH 145 I haue cryed with my whole heart he are me ô Lord and I wil kepe thy statutes 146 I called vpon thee saue me and I wil kepe thy testimonies 147 I preuented the morning
doctrine for certeine dayes that the people might the bet ter marke it as Isa 8. 1. Habak 2. 2. the Priests toke it downe and 〈◊〉 it among their registers so by Gods prouidence these bokes were preserued as a monument to the Church for euer As touching his persone and time he was of the Kings stocke for Amoz his father was brother to Aziariáh King of Iudáh as the best writers agre and prophecied more then 64 yeres from the time of Vzziáh vnto the reigne of Manasséh whose father in lawe he was as the Ebrewes write of whome he was put to death And in reading of the Prophetes this one thing among other is to be obserued that thei speake of things to come as thogh thei were now past because of the certeintie thereof and that thei colde not but come 〈◊〉 passe because God had ordeined them in his secret counsel and so reueiled them to his 〈◊〉 CHAP. I. 2 Isaiáh reproueth the Iewes of their ingratitude and stub bernes that nether for benefites nor punishment wolde amend 11 He sheweth why their sacrifices are reiected and wherein Gods true seruice standeth 24 He prophecieth of the destruction of Ierusalem 25 And of the resti tution thereof A Vision of Isaiáh the sonne of Amóz which he sawe concerning Iudáh and Ierusalém in the daies of Vzziáh Iothám Ahaz Hezekià h Kings of Iudah 2 Heare ô heauens and hearken ô earth for the Lord hathe said I haue nourished and broght vp children but they haue re belled against me 3 The oxe knoweth his owner and the asse his masters cryb but Israel hathe not knowe my people hathe not vnderstand 4 Ah sinful nacion a people laden with iniquitie a sede of the wicked corrupt chil drē thei haue forsaken the Lord thei haue prouoked the holy one of Israél to anger they are gone back warde 5 Wherefore shulde ye be smitten anie more for ye fall away more and more the who le head is sicke the whole heart is hea uie 6 From the sole of the foote vnto the head there is nothing whole therein but woūdes and swelling and sores ful of corruption thei haue not bene wrapped nor bounde vp nor mollified with oyle 7 Your landis waste your cities are burnt with fyre strangers deuoure your land in your presence and it is desolate like the o uerthrowe of strangers 8 And the daughter of Ziōn shal remaine like a cotage in a vineyarde like a lodge in a garden of cucumbers and like a besieged citie 9 Except the Lord of hostes had reserued vnto vs euen a smale remnant we shulde haue bene as Sodôm and shulde haue be ne like vnto Gomoráh 10 Heare the worde of the Lord ô princes of Sodóm hearken vnto the Law of our God ô people of Gomorah 11 What haue I to do with the multitude of your sacrifices saith the Lord I am ful of the burnt offrings of rams of the fat of fed beastes and I desire not the blood of bullockes nor of lambes nor of goates 12 Whē ye come to appeare before me who required this of your hands to tread in my courtes 13 Bring no mo oblations in vaine in cense is an abomination vnto me I can not suffer your newe moones nor sabbats nor solemne daies it is iniquitie nor so lemne assemblies 14 My soule hateth your newe moones and your appointed feasts they are a burden vnto me I am weary to be are them 15 And when you shal stretch out your hands I wil hide mine eyes from you and thogh ye make manie prayers I wil not heare for your hands are ful of blood 16 Wash you make you cleane take away the euil of your workes from before mine eyes cease to do euil 17 Learne to do wel seke iudgement relieue the oppressed iudge the fatherles and defend the widowe 18 Come now and let vs reason together the Lord thogh your sinnes were as crimsin they shal be made white as snowe thoght they were red like skarlet they shal be as woll 19 If ye consent and obey ey shal eat the good things of the land 20 But if ye refuse and be rebellious ye shal be deuoured with the sworde for the mouth of the Lord hathe spoken it 21 How is the faithful citie become an harlot it was ful of iudgement and iustice lodged therin but now they are murtherers 22 They siluer is become drosse thy wine is mixt with water 23 Thy princes are rebellions and companions of theues euerie one loueth gifts and followeth after rewards they iudge not the fatherles nether doeth the widowes cause come before them 24 Therefore saith the Lord God of hostes the mightie one of Israél Ah I wil ease me of mine aduersities and auenge me of mine enemies 25 Then I wil turne mine hand vpon thee and burne out thy drosse til it be pure and take away all thy tynne 26 And I wil restore thy iudges as at the first and thy counsellers at the beginning afterwarde shalt thou be called a citie of righ teousnes and a faithful citie 27 Zión shal be redemed in iudgement and they that returne in her in iustice 28 And the destruction of thetransgressours and of the sinners shal be together and thei that forsake the lord shal be cōsumed 29 For thei shal be cōfounded for the okes which ye haue desired and ye shal be ashamed of the gardens that ye haue chosen 30 For ye shal be as an oke whose leafe fadeth as a garden that hathe no water 31 And the strong shal be as towe and the maker thereof as a sparke and they shal bothe burne together and none shal quen che them CHAP. II. 2 The Church shal be restored by Christ and the Gentiles called 6 The punishment of the rebellious and obstinate 1 THe worde that I saiāh the sonne of Amōz sawe vpon Iudáh and Ierusalem 2 * It shal be in the last daies that the moun taine of the house of the Lord shal be prepared in the top of the mountaines and shal be exalted aboue the hilles and all nacions shal flowe vnto it 3 And manie people shal go and say Come and let vs go vp to the Lord to the house of the God of Jaakob and he wil teache vs his waies and we wil walke in his paths for the Lawshal go for the of Zión and the worde of the Lord frō Ierusalém 4 And he shal iudge among the nacions rebuke manie people thei shal breake their swordes also into mattockes their spares into sithes nacion shal not lift vp a sworde against nacion nether shal they learne to fight a nie more 5 O house of Iaakob come ye and let vs walke in the
vncircumcised and the vncleane 2 Shake thy self from the dust arise and sit downe ô Ierusalém loose the bandes of thy necke ô thou captiuitie daughter Zion 3 For thus saith the Lorde Ye were solde for naught therefore shal ye be redemed without money 4 For thus saith the Lorde God My people went downe afore tyme into Egypt to soiourne there and Asshur oppressed them without cause 5 Now therefore what haue I here sayth the Lorde that my people is taken away for naught and they that rule ouer them make them to howle saith the Lord and my Name all the day continually is blasphemed 6 Therfore my people shal knowe my Name therefore they shal knowe in that day that I am he that do speake beholde it is I. 7 How beautiful vpon the montaines are the fete of him that declareth and publisheth peace that declareth good tidings and publisheth saluacion saying vnto Zión Thy God reigneth 8 The voice of thy watchemē shal be heard they shal lift vp their voyce and shout together for they shall se eye to eye when the Lord shal bring againe Zion 9 O ye desolate places of Ierusalém be glad and reioyce together for the Lorde hathe comforted hys people he hathe redemed Ierusalém 10 The Lorde hathe made bare hys holy arme in the sight of all the Gentiles and all the ends of the earth shalse the saluacion of our God 11 Departe departe ye go out from thence and touche no vncleane thing go out of the middes of her be ye cleane that beare the vessels of the Lord. 12 For ye shall not go out with hast nor departe by fleing away but the Lord wil go be fore you and the God of Israél wil gather you together 13 Beholde my seruant shal prosper he shal be exalted and extolled and be very hie 14 As manie were astonied at thee his visage was so deformed of men and his forme of the sonnes of men so shall he sprincle manie nations the Kings shal shut their mouthes at hym for that whiche had not bene tolde them 〈◊〉 they se and that which they had not heard shal they vnderstand CHAP. LIII 1 Of Christ and his kingdome whose worde fewe will beleue 6 All men are sinners 11 Christ is our righteousnes 12 And is dead for our sinnes 1 WHo will beleue our reporte and to whome is the arme of the Lorde reueiled 2 But he shal growe vp before him as a brāche and as a roote out of a drye grounde he hathe nether forme nor beautie when we shall se hym there shal be no forme that we shulde desire him 3 He is despised and reiected of men he is a man ful of sorows and hathe experience of infirmities we hid as it were our faces from him he was dispised ād we estemed him not 4 Surely he hathe borne our infirmities ād caried our sorowes yet we did iudge him as plagued and smitten of God and humbled 5 But he was wonded for our transgressions he was broken for our iniquities the chastisement of our peace was vpon hym and with his stripes we are healed 6 All we like shepe haue gone astraie we haue turned cuerie one to hys owne way and the Lorde hathe layed vpon hym the iniquitie of vs all 7 He was oppressed and he was afflicted yet did he not open his mouth he is broght as a shepe to the slaughter and as a shepe before her shearer is dumme so he openeth not his mouth 8 He was taken out from prison and frome iudgement and who shall declare hys age for he was cut out of the land of the liuyng for the transgression of my people was he plagued 9 And he made his graue with the wicked with the riche in his death thogh he had done no wickednes nether was anie decei te in his mouth 10 Yet the Lord wolde breake him and make him subiect to infirmites when he shal make his soule an offring for sinne he shalse his sede and shal prolong his daies the wil of the Lord shal prosper in his hand 11 He shalse of the trauaile of his soule and shal be satisfied by his knowledge shal my righteous seruant iustifie manie for he shal beare their iniquities 12 Therefore wil I giue him a portion with the great and he shal deuide the spoyle with the strong because he hathe powred out his soule vnto death and he was counted with the transgressers and he bare the sinne of many and prayed for the trespassers CHAP. LIIII 1 Mo of the Gentiles shal beleue the Gospel then of the Iewes 7 God leaueth his for a time to 〈◊〉 afterward he sheweth mercie 1 REioyce ô baren that didest not beare breake forthe into ioye reioyce thou that didest not trauaile with childe for the desolate hathe mo children then the maried wife saith the Lord. 2 Enlarge the place of thy 〈◊〉 and let thē spread out the curtaines of thine habitaciōs spare not stretch out thy cordes and make faste thy stakes 3 For thou shalt increase on the right hand on the left and thy sede shal possesse the Gētiles and dwell in the desolate cities 4 Feare not for thou shalt not be ashamed ne ther shalt thou be cōfounded for thou shalt not be put to shame ye a thou shalt forget the shame of thy youth shalt not remember the reproche of thy wid dowhead aniemore 5 For he that made thec is thi 〈◊〉 and whose Name is the Lord of hostes and thy redemer the holie one of Israél 〈◊〉 called the God of the whole worlde 6 For the Lord hathe called thee being as a woman forsaken and afflicted in 〈◊〉 and as a yong wife when thou wast refused saith thy God 7 For allitle while haue I forsaken thee but with great compassion wil I gather thee 8 For a momēt in mine angre I hid my face from thee for a litle season but with euer lasting mercie haue I had compassiō on thee saith the Lord thy redemer 9 For this is vnto me as the waters of Noáh for as I haue sworne that the waters of Noáh shulde no more go ouer the earth so haue I sworne that I wolde not be angrie with thee nor rebuke thee 10 For the mountaines shal remoue and the 〈◊〉 shal sall downe but my mercie shal not depart from thee nether shal the couenant of my peace fall away saith the Lord that ha the compassion on thee 11 O thou afflicted and tossed with tempest that hast no comfort beholde I wil lay thy stones with the carbuncle and lay thy fundacion with saphirs 12 And I wil make thy windowes of emeraudes and thy gates shining stones and all thy borders of pleasant stones 13 And all thy children shal be
nacion of the Iewes and of the Priests and Leuites which are in our kingdome shulde go with thee vnto Israēl 12 Therefore as many as be willing let them de parte together as it hathe semed good to me and my seuen friends the counsellers 13 That they may visite the things that are in Iudea and Ierusalem diligētly as it is conteined in the Law of the Lord. 14 And cary the gifts to the Lord of Israel in Ie rusalem which I and my friends haue vowed also all the golde and siluer whiche shal be founde in the countrey of Babylon apperteining to the Lord in Ierusalem 15 With that which is giuen of the people to the Temple of the Lord their GOD that it might be broght to Ierusalem aswel siluer as golde for bulles and rams and lambes and things thereunto perteining 16 That they may offer sacrifices to the Lord vpon the altar of the Lord their God which is in Ierusalem 17 And whatsoeuer thou and thy brethren wil do with the golde or siluer accomplish it according to the wil of thy God 18 And the holy vessels of the Lord which are giuen thee for the vse of the Temple of thy God which is in Ierusalem thou shalt set before thy God in Ierusalem 19 And what other things soeuer thou shalt re member for the vse of the Temple of thy God thou shalt giue it out of the Kings trea sure 20 And I also King Artaxerxes haue commanded the treasurers of Syria and Phenice that whatsoeuer Esdras the Priest and reader of the Law of the hiest God shal send for they shulde giue it him with all speede euen to the some of an hundreth talents of siluer 21 And likewise vnto an hundreth cores of cor ne and an hundreth pieces of wine other things in abundance 22 Let all things be done to the hiest God according to the Law of God with diligence that wrath come not vpon the kingdome of the King and of his sonnes 23 Also to you it is commanded that of none of the Priests or Leuites or holysingers or porters or ministers of the Temple or of the workemen of this Temple no tribute nor taxe be takē nor that any haue power to taxe them in any thing 24 Thou also Esdras according to the wisdome of God ordeine iudges gouernours that they may iudge in all Syria and Phenice all those which are wel instructed in the Law of thy God and teache those which are not instructed 25 And let all these which shal transgresse the Law of God and the King be diligently punished ether with death or other punishment ether with penaltie of money or banishment 26 ¶ Then Esdras the scribe said Blessed be the onelie Lord God of my fathers which hath put this in the heart of the King to glorifie his House which is in 〈◊〉 27 And hathe honoured me before the King and the counsellers and all his friends and gouernours 28 ¶ * Therefore I was incouraged by the helpe of the Lord my God and gathered men of Israel to go vp with me 29 These are the guides 〈◊〉 their families order of dignities which came vp with me out of Babylon in the reigne of Artaxerxes the King 30 Of the sonnes of Phinees 〈◊〉 of the sonnes of Ithamar Gamael of the sonnes of Dauid Lettus 31 Of the sonnes of Sechenias of the sonnes of Phares Zacharias and with him were counted an hundreth and fiftie men 32 Of the sonnes of Salomon Abeliacnias the sonne of Zacharias and with him two hundreth men 33 Of the sonnes of Zathoe Sechenias the sonne of Iezolus and with him thre hundreth men of the sonnes of Adin Obeth sonne of Ionathas and with him two hundreth and fiftie men 34 Of the sonnes of Elam Iesias sonne of Gotholias and with him seuentie men 35 Of the sonnes of Saphatias Zarias sonne of Machaél and with him seuentie men 36 Of the sonnes of Ioab Badias sonne of Iezelus and with him two hundreth and twelue men 37 Of the sonnes of Banid Assalimoth sonne of Iosaphias and with him an hundreth and threscore men 38 Of the sonnes of 〈◊〉 Zacharias sonne of 〈◊〉 and with him twentie and eight men 39 Of the sonnes of Astath Iohannes sonne of Acatan with him an hundreth and ten 40 Of the sonnes of Adonicam the last and these are the names of them Eliphalat Ieo uel and Maias and with them seuentie men of the sonnes of 〈◊〉 sonne of Iscacourous and with him seuentie men 41 ¶ And I gathered them together to the flood called * Theras and pitched our tents there thre daies and nombred them 42 But when I had founde there none of the Priests nor Leuites 43 I sent to Eleazar and beholde there came 〈◊〉 and Alnathan and Samaian and Ioribon and Nathan Ennatan Zacharian and Mosollamon the chief and best learned 44 And I bad them to go to Daddeus the captaine which was in the place of the trea surie 45 With charge to bidde Daddeus and his bre thren and the treasurers that were there to send to vs them which shulde offer sacrifice in the House of our Lord. 46 And they broght vnto vs by the mightie hād of our Lord learned men of the sonnes of Moli the sonne of Leui the sonne of Israel to wit Cisebebran and his sonnes his brethren being eightene 47 And Asebia and Amon Osaian his brethren of the sonnes of Canaineus with their sonnes twentie persones 48 And of the ministers of the Temple which Dauid gaue and those which were rulers ouer the worke of the Leuites to wit ministers of the Temple two hundreth twētie of whome all the names were registred 49 ¶ And * there I proclaimed a fast for the yōg men before the Lord to aske of him a good iourney bothe for vs for them that were with vs for our children for our cattel 50 For I was ashamed to aske the King fotemen or horsemen or conduict for saue garde against our enemies 51 Because we had said to the King that the power of our Lord shulde be with thē that soght him to direct them in all things 52 Wherefore we prayed our Lord againe according to the sethings whome we founde fauorable 53 Then I chose from among the chief of the tribes and of the Priests twelue mē to wit Esebrias and Assanias and with them ten of their brethren 54 And I weighed them the siluer and the gold the holy vessels of the House of our Lord which the King and his counsellers his princes and all Israel had giuen 55 And I weighed thē six hundreth and fifty talents of siluer and siluer vessels of an hūdreth talents and an hundreth talents of golde 56 And twentie golden basens and twelue vessels of brasse of fine brasse shining like golde 57 And I said to them
me said Some things hast thou spoken a right and according vntó thy wordes it shal be 38 For I wil not verely consider the workes of thē before the death before the iudgement before destruction 39 But * I wil reioyce in the wayes of the righteous and I wil remember the pilgrimage the saluation and the rewarde that they shal haue 40 Like as I haue spoken now so shal it come to passe 41 For as the housband mā soweth much syde vpon the grounde planteth many trees yet alway the thing that is sowen cometh not vp in time nether yet doeth all that is plā ted take roote so nether shal thei all that are broght into the worlde be saued 42 I answered then said If I haue founde gra ce let me speake 43 Like as the housband mans sede perisheth if it come not vp and receiue not raine in due season or if it be destroyed with to muche raine 44 So perisheth man which is created with thine hands thou art called his patern because he is created to thine image for whose sake thou hast made all things and lickened him vnto the housbandmans sede 45 Be not wroth with vs ô Lord but spare thy people haue mercie vpō thine inheritācet for thou wilt be merciful vnto thy creature 46 Then answered he me and said The things present are for the present and the things to come for suche as be to come 47 For thou art farre of that thou shuldest loue my creature aboue me but I haue oft times drawen nere vnto thee and vnto it but neuer to the vn righteous 48 In this also thou art maruelous before the Highest 49 In that thou hast hūbled thy self as it be cometh thee and hast not iudged thy self worthie to boast thy self greatly among the righteous 50 For many miseries and calamities remaine for them that shal liue in the latter time because they shal walke in great pride 51 But learne thou for 〈◊〉 self seke out the glorie for suche as be like thee 52 For vnto you is paradise opened the 〈◊〉 of life is planted the time to come is prepared pléte ousnes made ready the citie is buylded and rest is prepared perfite goodnes and absolute wisdome 53 The roote of euil is sealed vp from you the weakenes moth is destroyed from you into hell sleeth corruption to be forgotten 54 Sorowes are vanished away and in the end is sheped the treasure of immortalitie 55 Therefore aske thou no more questiōs con cerning the multitude of them that perish 56 For when thei had libertie thei despised the most High they contemned his Law and for soke his wayes 57 Moreouer they haue trodēd downe his righ teous 58 * Saying in their heart that there was no God thogh they knewe that they shuld dye 59 For as the thing that I haue spoken of is made readie for you so is thirst peine prepared for them for God wolde not that man shulde perish 60 But they after that they were created haue defilled the Name of him that made them are vnthankeful vnto him which prepared life for them 61 Therefore my iudgement is now at hand 62 These things haue I not shewed vnto all mē but vnto thee and to a fewe like thee then I answered and said 63 Beholde now ô Lord thou hast shewed me the many wonders which thou art determined to do in the last time but in what time thou hast not shewed me CHAP. IX 5 All things in this worlde haue a beginning and an end 10 Tormērs for the wicked 〈◊〉 this life 15 The nomber of the 〈◊〉 is more then of the good 29 The Iewes in gratitude 36 Therefore 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 38 The vision of a woman 〈◊〉 1 HE answered me then and said Measure the time with it self and when thou seest that one parte 〈◊〉 the tokens come to passe which I haue tolde thee before 2 Then shalt thou vnderstād that it is the time wherein the moste High wil begin to visite the worlde which he made 3 Therefore when there shal be sene an * erthquake in the worlde and an vproare of the people 4 Then shalt thou vnderstand that the moste High spake of those things from the dayes that were before thee euen from the beginning 5 For as all that is made in the worlde hathe a 〈◊〉 and an end and the end is manifest 6 So the times also of the most High haue plaine beginnings in wonders and signes end in effect and miracles 7 〈◊〉 euerie one that shal escape safe and shal be deliuered by his workes and by the faith wherein ye 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8 Shalbe preserued from the said perils shal se my saluacion in my land and within my borders for I haue kept me holy from the worlde 9 Then shal they haue pitie of them selues which now haue abused my waies and thei that haue cast them out dispitefully shal dwell in peines 10 For suche as in their life haue receiued benefites and haue not knowen me 11 But haue abhorred my Law while they we re yet in libertie and when they had yet leasure of amendement and wolde not vnderstand but despised it 12 They must be taught it after death by peine 13 And therefore be thou no more careful to knowe how the 〈◊〉 shal be punished but in quire how the righteous shal be saued and whose the worlde is and for whome it is and when 14 Then answered I and said 15 I haue a fore said that which I say now and wil speake it hereafter that there be many mo of them which perish then of them that shal be * saued 16 As the flood is greater then a drop 17 And he answered me saying As the field is so is also the sede as the floures be so are the colours also suche as the workeman is such is the worke and as the housband man is so is his housbandrie for it was the time of the worlde 18 Surely when I prepared the worlde which was not yet made for them to dwell in that now liue no man spake against me 19 For then 〈◊〉 one obeyed but now the maners of thē that are created in this world that is made are corrupted by a perpetual sede by a Law where out thei can not rid them selues 20 So I considered the worlde and beholde there was peril because of the deuises that were sprung vp into it 21 Yet when I sawe it I spared it greatly and haue kept me one grape of the cluster and a plant out of a great people 22 Let therefore the 〈◊〉 perish which are borne in vaine and let my grape 〈◊〉 kept and my plāt which I haue dressed with great labour 23 ¶ 〈◊〉 is thou wilt cease seuen daies mo but thou 〈◊〉 not fast in them 24 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 go into a faire field where no hou se is buylded and shalt eat onely of the sloures of the field
not counsel 〈◊〉 but the Lord giueth all good things he humbleth whome he wil as he wil now therefore my sonne remember my cōman dements nether let them at anie time be put out of thy minde 20 * Furthermore I signifie this to thee that I deliuered ten talents to Gabaél the sonne of Gabrias at Rages in Media 21 And feare not my sonne for as muche as we are made poore for thou hast manie things if thou feare God flee frō sinne do that thing which is acceptable vnto him CHAP V. 2 Tobias sent to Rages 5 He meteth with the Angel Raphael which did conduct him 1 TObias then answered said Father I wil do all things which thou hast cōmanded me 2 But how cāl receiue the siluer seing I know him not 3 Then he gaue him the hand writing and said vnto him Seke thee a man which may go with thee whiles I yet liue and I wil gi ue him wages go receiue the money 4 Therefore when he was gone to seke a man he founde 〈◊〉 the Angel 5 But he knewe not said vnto him May I go with thee into the land of Media and knowest thou those places well 6 To whome the Angel said I wil go with thee for I haue remained with our brother Gabael 7 Then Tobias said to him Tarie for me til I tell my father 8 Then he said vnto him Go and tary not so he went in and said to his father Beholde I haue founde one which wil go with me Then he said Call him vnto me that I may know of what tribe he is and whether he be faithful to go with thee 9 So he called him and he came in and they saluted one another 10 Then Tobit said vnto him Brother shewe me of what tribe and familie thou art 11 To whome he said Doest thou seke a stocke or familie or an hired man to go with thy sonne Thē Tobit said vnto him I wolde knowe thy kinred and thy name 12 Then he said I am of the kinred of Azarias and Ananias the great of thy brethren 13 Then Tobit said Thou art welcome be not now angrie with me because I haue en quired to knowethy kinred and thy fami lie for thou art my brother of an honest and good stocke for I knewe Ananias and Iona thas sonnes of that great Samaias for we went together to Ierusalém to worship offred the first borne and the tenths of the frutes and they were not deceiued with the errour of our brethren my brother thou art of a great stocke 14 But tel me what wages shal I giue thee wilt thou a grote a day and things necessarie as to mine owne sonne 15 Yea more ouerifye returne safe I wil adde some thing to the wages 16 So thei agreed Then said he to Tobias Prepare thy self for the iourney and go you on Gods Name And when his sonne had prepared all things for the iourney his father said Go thou with this man God which dwelleth in heauen prosper your iourney and the Angel of God kepe you companie So they went forthe bothe and departed and the dogge of the yong man with them 17 But * Anna his mother wept and said to Tobit Why hast thou sent a way our sonne is he not the staffe of our hand to minister vnto vs 18 Wolde to God we had not laid money vpō money but that it had bene cast away in respect of our sonne 19 For that which God hathe giuen vs to liue with doeth suffice vs. 20 Then said Tobit Be not careful my sister he shal returne in safetie and thine eyes shal se him 21 For the good Angel doeth kepe him companie and his iourney shal be prosperous and he shal returne safe 22 Then she made an end of weping CHAP. VI. 2 Tobias deliuered from the fish 8 Raphaél sheweth him certeine medecines 19 He conducteth him toward Sarra 1 ANd as they went on their iourney they came at night to the flood Tygris and there abode 2 And when the yong man went to wash him self a fish leaped out of the riuer wolde haue deuoured him 3 Then the Angel said vnto him Take the fish And the yong man toke the fish and drewe it to land 4 To whome the Angel said Cut the fishe take the heart and the liuer and the gall and put them vp surely 5 So the yong man did as the Angel commā ded him and when thei had rosted the fish they ate it then they bothe went on their way til they came to Ecbatane 6 ¶ Then the yong man said to the Aungell Brother Azarias what auaileth the heart and the liuer and the gall of the fish 7 And he said vnto him Touching the heart and the liuer if a deuil or an euil spirit trou ble any we must make a perfume of this before the man or the woman and he shal be no more vexed 8 As for the gall an oint a man that hathe whitenes in his eies and he shal be healed 9 ¶ And when they were come nere to Rages 10 The Angel said to the yong man Brother to day we shall lodge with Raguel who is thy cousin he also hath one onelie daughter named Sarra I will speake for her that she may be giuen thee for a wife 11 For to thee doeth * the right of her perteine seing thou alone art remnant of hys kinred 12 And the maid is faire and wise now therfore heare me and I will speake to her father that we maye make the mariage whē we are returned from Rages for I knowe that Raguel can not marie her to another according to the Lawe of Moyses els he shulde deserue death because the ryghte doeth rather apperteine to thee then to anie other man 13 Then the yong man answered the Angell I haue heard brother Azarias that this maid hathe bene giuen to seuen men who all dyed in the mariage chamber 14 And I am the onely begotten sonne of my father and I am afraied lest I go into her and dye as the other for a wicked Spirite loueth her whiche hurteth no bodye but those whiche come into her wherefore I also feare lest I dye and bring my fathers my mothers life because of me to the graue with sorrowe for thei haue no other sonne to burye them 15 Then the Angel said vnto him Doest thou not remember the preceptes whiche thy Father gaue thee that thou shuldest marie a wife of thine owne kinred wherefore heare me ô my brother for she shal be thy wife nether be thou carefull of the euyll spirit for this same night shal she be giuen thee in mariage 16 And whē thou shalt go into thy bed thou shalt take of the hote coles for perfumes and make a perfume of the heart of the liuer of the fish 17 Whiche if the spirit do smell he will flee awaye and neuer come
him that is benethī the earth and ashes 4 From him that is clothedin blewe silke and weareth a crowne euen vnto him that is clothed in simple linen 5 Wrath and enuie trouble and vnquietnes and feare of death and rigour and strife in the time of rest the slepe in the night vpon his bed change his knowledge 6 A litle or nothing is his rest and afterwarde in sleping he is as in a watchetowre in the daye he is troubled with the visions of his heart as none that renneth out of a battel 7 And when all is safe he awaketh and marueileth that the feare was no thing 8 Suche things come vnto all flesh bothe man and beast but seuen folde to the vngodlie 9 Moreouer * death and blood and strife sworde oppression famine destruction punishement 10 These things are all created for the wicked and for their sakes came the * flood 11 * All things that are of the earth shal turne to earth againe and they that are of the * waters shal returne into the sea 12 ¶ All bribes and vnrighteousnes shal be put awaye but faithfulnes shal endure for euer 13 The substance of the vngodlie shal be dryed vp like a riuer and they shal make a sounde like a great thonder in the raine 14 When he openeth his hand he reioyceth but all the transgressours shal come to naught 15 The children of the vngodlie shal not obteine manie branches for the vncleane rootes are as vpon the high rockes 16 Their tender stalke by what water soeuer it be or water bāke it shal be pulled vp before all other herbes 17 ¶ Friendlines is as a moste plentifull garden of pleasure and mercie endureth for euer 18 * To labour and to be content with that a man hathe is a swete life but he that findeth a treasure is aboue them bothe 19 Children and the buylding of the Citie maketh a perpetual name but an honeste woman is counteth aboue them bothe 20 Wine and musicke reioyce the hearte but the loue of wisdome is aboue them bothe 21 The pipe and the psalterion make a swete noyce but a pleasant tongue is aboue thē bothe 22 Thine eye desireth fauor and beautie but a grene sede time rather then them both 23 A friend and companion come together at opportunitie but aboue them bothe is a wife with her housband 24 Friends and helpe are good in the time of trouble but 〈◊〉 shal deliuer more thē them bothe 25 Golde and siluer fasten the fete but counsel is estemed aboue them bothe 26 Riches and strēgth lift vp the minde but the feare of the Lord is aboue them both there is no want in the feare of the Lord and it nedeth no hêlpe 27 The feare of the Lord is a pleasant gardē of blessing and there is nothing so beautiful as it is 28 ¶ My sonne lead not a beggers life for better it were to dye then to begge 29 The life of him that depēdeth on another mans table is not to be counted for a life for he tormēteth him self after other mens meat but a wise man and wel nourtred wil beware thereof 30 Begging is swete in the mouth of the vnshame fast and in his bellie there burneth a fyre CHAP. XLI 1 Of the remembrance of death 3 Death is not to be feared 8 A curse vpon them that forsake the Lawe of GOD. 12 Good name and fame 14 An exhortacion to giue hede vnto wisdome 17 Of what things a man ought to be ashamed 1 O Death how bitter is the remembrance of thee to a man that liueth at rest in his possessions vnto the man that hath nothing to vexe him and that hathe prosperitie in all things yea vnto him that yet is able to receiue meat 2 O death how acceptable is thy iudgemēt vnto the nedefull and vnto hym whose strength faileth and that is now in the last age and is vexed with all things to him that dispaireth and hathe lost pacience 3 Feare not the iudgement of death remēber them that haue bene before thee and that come after this is the ordināce of the Lord ouer all flesh 4 And why woldest thou be against the pleasure of the moste High whether it be tene or an hundreth or a thousand yeres there is no defense for life against the graue 5 ¶ The children of the vngodlie are abominable children and so are they that kepe companie with the vngodlie 6 The inheritance of vngodlie children shal perish and their posteritie shal haue a perpetual shame 7 The chyldren complaine of an vngodlye father because they are reproched for his sake 8 Wo be vnto you ô ye vngodlie whiche haue forsaken the Lawe of the moste high God for thogh you increase yet shall you perish 9 If ye be borne ye shal be borne to cursing if ye dye the curse shal be your porcion 10 All that is of the earth shal turne to earth againe so the vngodlie go from the curse to destruction 11 Thogh men mourne for their bodie yet the wicked name of the vngodlie shal be put out 12 Haue regarde to thy name for that shal cō tinue with thee aboue a thousand treasures of golde 13 A good life hath the dayes nombred but a good name endureth euer 14 * My children kepe wisdome in peace for wisdome that is hid and a treasure that is not sene what profite is in them bothe 15 A man that hideth his foolishnes is better then a man that hideth his wisdome 16 Therefore beare reuerence vnto my wordes for it is not good in all thinges to be ashamed nether are all things alowed as faithful in all men 17 Be ashamed of whoredome before father and mother be ashamed of lies before the princes and men of autoritie 18 Of sinne before the iudge and ruler of offence before the congregaciō and people of vnrighteousnes before a companiō and friend 19 And of theft before the place where thou dwellest and before the trueth of God and his couenant and to leane with thyne elbowes vpon the bread or to be reproued for giuing or taking 20 And of silence vnto them that salute thee and to loke vpon an harlot 21 And to turne away thy face from thy kinsmā or to take away a portiō or a gift or to be euil minded toward another mans wife 22 Or to sollicite any mans maide or to stand by her bed or to reproche thy friēds with wordes 23 Or to vpbraide when thou gyuest anye thing or to reporte a matter that thou hast heard or to reueile secret wordes 24 Thus maiest thou well be shamefast and shalt finde fauour with all men CHAP. XLII 1 The Law of God must be taught 9 A daughter 14 A woman 18 God knoweth all things yea euen the secrets of thine heart 1 OF these things be not thou ashamed nether haue regarde to offend for any persone 2 Of
thou take them companying together Who answered Vnder a prime tree 59 Thē said Daniel vnto him Verely thou hast alsolyed against thine head for the Angel of God waiteth with the sworde to cut thee in two and so to destroie you bothe 60 ¶ With that all the whole assemblie cryed with a loude voyce and praised God which saueth them that trust in him 61 And they arose against the two Elders for Daniel had conuict them of false witnes by their owne mouth 62 * And according to the Law of Moyses they delt with them as they delt wickedly against their neighbour and put them to death Thus the innocent blood was saued the same day 63 Therefore Helcias and his wife praised God for their daughter Susanna with Ioacim her housband and all the kinred that there was no dishonestie founde in her 64 Frō that day forthe was Daniel had in great reputacion in the sight of the people 65 And King Astyages was laide with his fathers Cyrus of Persia reigned in his steade THE HISTORIE OF BEL and of the dragon vvhich is the fourtenth chapter of Daniel after the Laten 1 NOw whē King Astya ges was laide with his fathers Cyrus the Persian receiued his kingdome 2 And Daniel did eat at the Kings table and was honored aboue all his friends 3 Now the Babylonians had an idole called Bel and the were spent vpon him euerie day twelue great measures of fine floure and fortie shepe and six great pottes of wine 4 And the King worshipped it and went daily to honour it but Daniel worshipped his owne God And the King said vnto him Why doest not thou worship Bel 5 Who answered and said Because I may not worship idoles made with hands But the liuing God which hathe created the heauen the earth and hathe power vpon all flesh 6 Then said the King vnto him Thinkest thou not that Bel is a liuing God seest thou not how muche he eateth drīketh euerie day 7 Then Daniel smiled and said O King be not deceiued for this is but claye within bras se without and did neuer eat any thing 8 So the King was wroth and called for his Priests and said vnto them If ye tell me not who this is that eateth vp these expenses ye shal dye 9 But if ye can certifie me that Bel eateth thē then Daniel shal dye for he hathe spoken blasphemie against Bel. And Daniel said vnto the King Let it be according to the word 10 Now the Priests of Bel were thre score ten beside their wiues and children and the King went with Daniel into the tēple of Bel 11 So Bels Priests said Beholde we wil go out and set thou the meat there ô King and let the wine be filled then shut the dore fast seke it with thine owne signet 12 And to morowe when thou commest in if thou findest not that Bel hathe eaten vp all we wil suffer death orels Daniel that hathe lyed vpon vs. 13 Now they thoght themselues sure yn ough for vnder the table thei had made a priuie en trance and there went they in euer and toke away the things 14 So when they were gone forthe the King set meates before Bel. Now Daniel had commanded his seruants to bring ashes and these they strowed thorow out all the temple in the presence of the King alone then went they out and shut the dore sealed it with the Kings signet and so departed 15 Now in the night came the Priests with their wiues and children as they were won te to do and did eat and drinke vp all 16 In the morning betimes the King arose Daniel with him 17 And the King said Daniel are the seales who le Wo answered Yea ö King they be whole 18 And assone as he had opened the dore the King loked vpon the table and cryed with a loude voyce Great art thou o Bel and with thee is no disceite 19 Then laughed Daniel and helde the King that he shuld not go in and said Behold now the pauement and marke wel whose footesteppes are these 20 And the King said I se the foote steppes of men women children therefore the King was angrie 21 And toke the Priests with their wiues and children and they shewed him the priuie do res where they came in and consumed such things as were vpon the table 22 Therefore the King slewe them and deliuered Bel into Daniels power who destroyed him and his temple 23 ¶ Moreouer in that same place there was a great dragon which the Babylonians worshipped 24 And the King said vnto Daniel Sayest thou that this is of brasse also lo he liueth and eateth and drinketh so that thou canst not say that he is no liuing God therefore worshippe him 25 Then said Daniel vnto the King I wil worshippe the Lord my God for he is the liuing God 26 But giue me leaue ô King and I wil slay this dragô without sworde or staffe And the King said I giue thee leaue 27 Then Daniel toke pitche fatte and heere and did seeth them together and made Iom pes thereof this he put in the dragōs mouthe and so the dragon burst in sunder And Daniel said Beholde whome ye worshippe 28 When the Babylonians heard it they were wonderful wroth and gathered them together against the King saying The King is be come a Iewe 〈◊〉 he hathe destroyed Bel and hathe slaine the dragon and put the Priests to death 29 So they came to the King and said Deliuer vs Daniel orels we wil destroy thee and thine house 30 Now when the King sawe that thei preased sore vpon him and that necessitie 〈◊〉 him he deliuered Daniel vnto them 31 Who cast him into the lions denne where he was six daies 32 In the denne there were seuen lions and they had giuen thē euerie day two bodies two shepe which then were not giuē thē to the intent that they might deuour Daniel 33 ¶ Now there was in Iewrie a Prophet called Abbacuc which had made potage and broken bread into a bowle and was going into the field for to bring it to the reapers 34 But the Angel of the Lord said vnto Abbacuc Go carye the meat that thou hast into Babylon vnto Daniel which is in the lions denne 35 And Abbacuc said Lord I neuer sawe Baby lon nether do I knowe where the denne is 36 Then the Angel toke him by the crowne of the head barc him by the heereof the head and through a mightie winde set him in Babylon vpon the denne 37 And Abbacuc cryed saying O Daniel Daniel take the dinner that God hathe sēt thee 38 Then said Daniel O God thou hast thoght vpon me and thou neuer failest them that seke thee and loue thee 39 So Daniel arose and did eat and the Angel of the Lord set Abbacuc in his owne place againe immediatly 40 Vpon the seuenth day the King went to be waile
forget the Law and change all the ordinances 52 And that whosoeuer wolde not do according to the commandement of the Kings shulde suffer death 53 In like maner wrote he thorow out all his kingdomes set ouer seers ouer all the people forto compell thē to do these things 54 And he commanded the cities of Iuda to do sacrifice citie by citie 55 Then went many of the people vnto them by heapes euery one that forsoke the Law and so they committed euil in the land 56 And they droue the Israelites into secret places euen whereso euer they colde slee for succour 57 The fiftenth day of Casleu in the hundreth and fiue and fortieth yere they set vp the abo minacion of desolacion vpon the altar and thei buylded altars thorow out the cities of Iuda on euerie side 58 And before the dores of the houses and in the stretes they burnt incense 59 And the bokes of the Law which they founde they burnt in the fyre and cutte in pieces 60 Whosoeuer had a boke of the Testament founde by him or whosoeuer consented vnto the Law the Kings commandement was that they shulde put him to death by their autoritie 61 And they executed these things euerie moneth vpon the people of Israel that were founde in the cities 62 And in the fiue twentieth day of the moneth they did sacrifice vpon the altar which was in the stead of the altar of sacrifices 63 And according to the commādement they put certeine womē to death which had caused their children to be circumcised 64 And they hanged vp the children at their neckes they spoiled their houses slewe the circumcisers of them 65 Yet were there many in Israél which were of courage and determined in them selues that they wolde not eat vncleane things 66 But chose rather to suffer death then to be defiled with those meats so because thei wolde not breake the holie couenant they were put to death 67 And this tyrannie was verie sore vpon the people of 〈◊〉 CHAP. II. 1 The mourning of Mattathias and his sonnes for the destruction of the holy citie 19 They refuse to do sacrifice vnto idoles 24 The zeale of 〈◊〉 for the Law of God 〈◊〉 They are 〈◊〉 and wil not sight againe because of the 〈◊〉 day 49 Mattathias dying 〈◊〉 his sonnes to sticke by the worde of God after the example of the fathers 1 IN those dayes stode vp Mattathias the Priest the sonne of Ioannes the sonne of Simeon of the sonnes of Ioarib of Ierusa lem and dwelt in Modin 2 And he had fiue sonnes Ioanan called Gaddis 3 Simon called Thassi 4 〈◊〉 which was called Maccabeus 5 Eleazar called Abaron and Ionathā whose name was Apphus 6 Now he sawe the blasphemies which were committed in Iuda and Ierusalém 7 And he said Wo is me wherefore was I bor ne to se this destruction of my people and the destruction of the holy citie and thus to sit 〈◊〉 is deliuered into the hands of the enemies 8 And the Sanctuarie is in the hands of stran gers her Temple is as a man that hathe no re 〈◊〉 9 Her glorious vessels are caryed away into ca ptiuitie her infants are slayne in the stretes and her yong men are fallen by the sworde of the enemies 10 What people is it that hathe not some possession in her kingdome or hathe not 〈◊〉 of her spoyles 11 All her glorie is taken away of a fre woman she is become an handmaid 12 Beholde our Sanctuarie and our beautie honor is desolate and the Gentiles haue defiled it 13 What helpeth it vs then to liue anie longer 14 And Mattathias rent his clothes he ād his sonnes and put sacke cloth vpon them and mourned verie sore 15 ¶ Then came men from the King to the citie of Modin to compell them to forsake God and to sacrifice 16 Somanie of the Israelites consented vnto them but Mattathias and his sonnes assembled together 17 Then spake the commissioners of the King and said vnto Mattathias Thou art the chief and an honorable man and great in this citie and hast many children and brethren 18 Come thou therefore first and fulfil the Kings commandement as all the heathen haue done and also the men of Iuda and suche as remaine at Ierusalem so shalt thou thy familie be in the Kings fauour and thou and thy children shal be enriched with siluer and golde and with manie rewards 19 Then Mattathias answered and said with a loude voyce Thogh all nacions that are vnder the Kings dominion obey him and fall away cuerie man from the religion of their fathers and consent to his commandemēts 20 Yet wil I and my sonnes and my brethren walke in the couenant of our fathers 21 God be merciful vnto vs that we forsake not the Law and the ordinances 22 We wil not hearken vnto the Kings wordes to transgresse our religion nether on the right side nor on the left 23 And whē he had left of speaking the sewor des there came one of the Iewes in the sight of all to sacrifice vpon the altar which was at Modin according to the Kings commande ment 24 Now when Mattathias sawe it he was so in flamed with zeale that his raines shoke and his wrath was kindled according to the ordi nance of the Law therefore he ran vnto him and killed him by the altar 25 And at the same time he slewe the Kings commissioner that compelled him to do sacrifice and destroied the altar 26 Thus bare he a zeale to the Law of God * doing as Phinees did vnto Zambrithe son ne of Salom. 27 ¶ Then cryed Mattathias with a loude voy ce in the citie saying Who soeuer is zealous of the Law and wil stand by the couenāt let him come forthe after me 28 So he and his sonnes fled into the mountai nes and left all that thei had in the citie 29 Then manie that soght after iustice and iudgement 30 Went downe into the wildernes to dwell there bothe they and their children and their wiues and their cattel for the afflictiō in creased sore vpon them 31 ¶ Now when it was tolde vnto the Kings seruants and to the garisons which were in Ierusalem in the citie of Dauid that mē had broken the Kings commādement and were gone downe into the secret places in the wil dernes 32 Then many pursued after them and hauing ouer taken them thei camped against them and set the battel in array against them on the Sabbath day 33 And said vnto them Let this now be sufficiēt come forthe and do according to the commandement of the King and ye shalliue 34 But they answered We wil not go forthe nether wil we do the Kings commandement to defile the Sabbath day 35 Then they gaue them the battel 36 But the other answered them nothing nether cast anie one stone at them not stopped the priue places 37 But said We wil dye
into the plaine field because he had so manie hor semen and put his trust in them 78 So Ionathan followed vpon him to Azotus and the armie skirmished with his arriere bande 79 For Apollonius had left a thousand horsemen behinde them in ambush 80 And Ionathan knewe that there was an am bushment behinde him and thogh they had compassed in his hoste and shot dartes at the people from the morning to the euening 81 Yet the people stode stil as Ionathan had cō manded them til their horses were wearie 82 Then broght Simon forthe his hoste and set thē against the bāde but the horses were wearie aud he 〈◊〉 them and they fled so the horsemen were scattered in the field 83 And they fled to Azotus and came into the temple of Dagon their Idole that thei might there saue them 〈◊〉 84 But Ionathan set fyre vpon Azotus and all the cities rounde about it toke their spoiles and burnt with fyre the temple of Dagon with all them that were fled into it 85 Thus were slayne burnt about eight thou sand men 86 So Ionathan remoued the hoste from thence and camped by Ascalon where the men of the citie came forthe and met him with great honour 87 After this went Ionath an and his hoste agai ne to Ierusalem with great spoiles 88 And whē King Alexāder heard these things he began to do Ionathan more honour 89 And sent him a colar of golde as the vse is to be giuen vnto suche as are of the Kings blood he gaue him also Accaron with the borders thereof in possession CHAP. XI 3 The dissension betwene Ptolemeus and Alexander his sō ne in law 17 〈◊〉 death of Alexander 19 Demetrius reigneth alter the death of Ptolemeus 22 Sion is 〈◊〉 ed of Ionathan 42 Demetrius seing that no man resisted him sendeth his armie againe 54 〈◊〉 moueth Antiochus against Demetrius 1 ANd the King of Egypt gathered a great hoste like the 〈◊〉 that lyeth vpon the sea shote and manie ships and went about through deceit to obteine the kingdome of Alexander and to ioyne it vnto his owne realme 2 Vpon this he went into Syria with friendlie wordes and was let into the cities and men came forthe to mete him for King Alexander had commanded them to mete him be cause he was his father in Law 3 Now when he entred into the citie of Ptolemais he lefte bands and garisons in euerie citie 4 And when he came nere to Azotus they shewed him the temple of Dagon that was burnt and Azotus and the suburbes there of that were destroyed and the bodies cast abroad them that he had burnt in the bat tel for they had made heapes of them by the way where he shulde passe 5 And thei tolde the King what Ionathan had done to the intent they might get him euil wil but the King helde his peace 6 And Ionathan met the King with great honour at Ioppe where they saluted one another and laye there 7 So when Ionathan had gone with the King vnto the water that was called Eleutherus he turned againe to Ierusalem 8 So King Ptolemeus gate the dominion of the cities by the sea vnto Seleucia vpon the sea coast imagining wicked counsels against Alexander 9 ¶ And sent ambassadours vnto King Demetrius saying Come let vs make a league betwene vs and I wil giue thee my daughter which Alexander hathe and thou shalt reigne in thy fathers kingdome 10 For I repēt that I gaue Alexander my daugh ter for he goeth about to slaye me 11 Thus he sclandered Alexander as one that shulde desire his realme 12 And he toke his daughter from him gaue her vnto Demetrius and forsoke Alexander so that their hatred was openly knowen 13 Then Ptolemeus came to Autiochia where he set two crownes vpon his owne head of Asia and of Egypt 14 In the meane season was King Alexander in Cilicia for they that dwelt in those places had rebelled against him 15 But when Alexāder heard it he came to war re against him and Ptolemeus broght for the his hoste and met him with a mightie power and put him to flight 16 Then fled Alexander into Arabia there to be defended so Ptolemeus was exalted 17 And Zabdiel the Arabian smote of Alexanders head sent it vnto Ptolemeus 18 But the third dáy after King Ptolemeus dyed and thei that were in the holdes were slayne one of another 19 And Demetrius reigned in the hūdreth thre score and seuenth yere 20 ¶ At the same time gathered Ionathan them that were in Iudea to laye siege vnto the castle which was at Ierusalem and they made manie instruments of warre against it 21 Thē went there certeine vn godlie persones which hated their owne people vnto King Demetrius and tolde him that Ionathan besieged the castle 22 So when he heard it he was angrie and immediatly came vnto Ptolemais and wrote vn to Ionathan that he shulde laye nomore siege vnto it but that he shulde mete him speake with him at Ptolemais in all haste 23 Neuertheles when Ionathan heard this he commanded to besiege it he chose also certeine of the Elders of Israel and the Priest put him self in danger 24 And toke with him siluer and golde and ap parel and diuerse presents and went to Ptole mais vnto the King and founde fauour in his sight 25 And thogh certeine vngodlie men of his owne nacion had made complaintes vpon him 26 Yet the King intreated him as his predecessers had done and promoted him in the sight of all his friends 27 And confirmed him in the hie priesthode with all the honorable things that he had afore and made him his chief friend 28 Ionathā also desired the King that he wold make Iudea fre with the thre gouernements and the countrey of Samaria and Ionathan promised him thre hundreth talents 29 Where unto the King consented gaue Ionathan writing of the same conteining these wordes 30 KING DEMETRIVS vnto his brother Ionathan and to the naciō of the Iewes sendeth greting 31 We sēd you here a copie of the letter which we did write vnto our cousin Lasthenes concerning you that ye shulde se it 32 King Demetrius vnto Lasthenes his father sendeth greting 33 For the faithfulnes that our friends the nacion of the Iewes kepe vnto vs and for their good wil towardes vs we are ditermined to do them good 34 Wherefore we assigne to thē the coasts of Iudea with the thre gouernements Apherema and Lydda and Ramathe which are added vnto Iudea from the countrey of Samaria and all that apperteineth to all them that sacrifice in Ierusalem bothe concerning the paiments which the King toke yerely afore time bothe for the frutes of the earth for the frutes of the trees 35 As for the other things apperteining vnto vs of the tenths tributes which were due vnto vs and the customes of salte crowne taxes which were payed vnto vs we
of the crosse 27 His praier 28 The answer of the Father 32 His death and the frute the reof 36 He exhorteth to faith 40 The blindenes of some and the 〈◊〉 of others 1 THen * Iesus six dayes before the Passeouer came to Bethania where Lazarus was which was dead whome he had raised from the dead 2 There they made him a supper and Martha serued but Lazarus was one of them that sate at the table with him 3 Then toke Marie a pound of ointment of spikenarde verie costlie and anointed Iesus fete and wipte his fete with her heere and the house was filled with the sauour of the ointment 4 Then said one of his disciples euen Iudas Iscariot Simon sonne which shulde betraye him 5 Why was not this ointment solde for thre hundreth pence and giuen to the poore 6 Now he said this not that he cared for the poore but because he was a thefe and * had the bagge and bare that which was giuen 7 Then said Iesus Let her alone against the day of my burying she kept it 8 For the poore alwayes ye haue with you but me ye shal not haue alwaies 9 Then muche people of the Iewes knewe that he was there they came not for Iesus sake onely but that they might se Lazarus also whome he had raised from the dead 10 The hie Priests therefore consulted that they might put Lazarus to death also 11 Because that for his sake manie of the Iewes went away and beleued in Iesus 12 ¶ * On the morowe a great multitude that were come to the feast whē they heard that Iesus shulde come to Ierusalem 13 Toke branches of palme trees and went forthe to mete him and cryed Hosanna Blessed is the King of Israel that cometh in the Name of the Lord. 14 And Iesus founde a yong asse ād sate theron as it written 15 * Feare not daughter of Sion beholde thy King cometh sitting on an asses colte 16 But his disciples vndestode not these things at the first but when Iesus was glorified then remembred they that these things were written of him and that they had done these things vnto him 17 The people therefore that was with him bare witnes that he called Lazarus out of the graue and raised him from the dead 18 Therefore met him the people also because thei heard that he had done this miracle 19 And the Pharises said among them selues Perceiue ye how ye preuaile nothing Beholde the worlde goeth after him 20 ¶ Now there were certeine Grekes among them that came vp to worship at the feast 21 And they came to Philippe which was of Bethsaida in Galile and desired him saying Syr we wolde se Iesus 22 Philippe came and tolde Andrewe and againe Andrewe and Philippe tolde Iesus 23 And Iesus answered them saying The houre is come that the Sonne of man must be glorified 24 Verely verely I say vnto you Except the wheate corne fall into the grounde and dye it bideth alone but if it dye it bringeth forthe muche frute 25 * He that loueth his life shal lose it and he that hateth his life in this worlde shal kepe it vnto life eternal 26 * If anie man serue me let him followe me for where I am there shal also my seruant be and if anie man serue me him wil my Father honour 27 Now is my soule troubled and what shal I say Father saue me from this houre but ther fore came I vnto this houre 28 Father glorifie thy Name Then came there a voyce from heauen saying I haue bothe glorified it and wil glorifie it againe 29 Then said the people that stode by and heard that it was a thundre others said an Angel spake to him 30 Iesus answered and said This voyce came not because of me but for your sakes 31 Now is the iudgement of this worlde now shal the prince of this worlde be cast out 32 * And I if I were lift vp from the earth wil drawe all men vnto me 33 Now this said he signifying what death he shulde dye 34 The people answered him We haue heard out of the * Law that the Christ by deth for euer and how saist thou that the Sonne of man must be lift vp who is that Sonne of man 35 Then Iesus said vnto them Yet a litle while is * the light with you walke while ye haue light lest the darkenes come vpon you for he that walketh in the darke knoweth not whether he goeth 36 While ye haue light beleue in the light that ye may be the children of the light These things spake Iesus and departed and 〈◊〉 him self from them 37 ¶ And thogh he had done so manye miracles before them yet beleued they not on hym 38 That the saying of Esaias the Prophet might be fulfilled that he said * Lord who beleued our reporte and to whome is the arme of the Lord reueiled 39 Therefore colde they not beleue because that Esaias saith againe 40 * He hathe blinded their eyes and hardened their heart that they shulde not se with their eyes nor vnderstande with their heart and shulde be conuerted and I shulde heale them 41 These things said Esaias when he sawe hys glorie and spake of him 42 Neuertheles euen among the chief rulers manie beleued in hym but because of the Pharises they did not confesse him lest they shulde be cast out of the Synagogue 43 * For they loued the praise of men more then the praise of God 44 And Iesus cryed and said He that beleueth in me beleueth not in me but in hym that sentme 45 And he that seeth me seeth hym that sent me 46 I * am come a lyght into the worlde that whosoeuer beleueth in me shulde not abide in darkenes 47 And if anie mā heare my wordes and beleue not I iudge him not for I came not to iud ge the worlde but to saue the worlde 48 He that refuseth me and receiueth not my wordes hathe one that iudgeth him * the worde that I haue spoken it shall iudge him in the last day 49 For I haue not spoken of my selfe but the Father whiche sent me he gaue me a commandement what I shulde saye and what I shulde speake 50 And I knowe that hys commandement is lyfe euerlastyng the thyngs therefore that I speake I speake them so as the Father sayd vnto me CHAP XIII 5 Christ washeth the disciples fete 14 Exhortyng them to humilitie and charitie 21 Telleth them of Iudas the traitour 34 And commandeth them earnestly to loue one an nother 38 He forewarneth of Peters denial 1 NOw * before the feast of the Passeouer when Iesus knewe that hys houre was come that he shulde departe out of thys worlde vnto the
one of the seuen Deacons and abode with him 9 Now he had foure daughters virgines which did prophecie 10 And as we taryed there manies dayes there came a certeine Prophet from Iudea named Agabus 11 And when he was came vnto vs he toke Pauls girdle and bounde his owne hands ād fete and said Thus saith the holie Gost So shal the Iewes at Ierusalem binde the man that oweth this girdle and shal deliuer him into the hands of the Gentiles 12 And when we had heard these things both we and other of the same place besoght him that he wolde not go vp to Ierusalem 13 Then Paul answered and said What do ye weping and breaking mine heart For I am readie not to be boūde onely but also to dye at Ierusalem for the Name of the Lord Iesus 14 So when he wolde not be persuaded we ceased saying The wil of the Lord be done 15 And after those dayes we trussed vp our fardeles and went vp to Ierusalem 16 There went with vs also certeine of the disciples of Cesarea broght with thē one Mnason of Cyprus an olde disciple with whome we shulde Iodge 17 And when we were come to Ierusalem the brethren receiued vs gladly 18 And the next daye Paul went in wyth vs vnto Iames and all the Elders were there assembled 19 And when he had embraced them he tolde by ordre all things that God had wroght among the Gentiles by his ministracion 20 So when they heard it they glorified the Lord ād said vnto him Thou seest brother how manie thousand Iewes there are which beleue and they are all zealous of the Law 21 Now they are informed of thee that thou teachest all the Iewes whiche are amonge the Gentiles to forsake Moses and saist that they ought not to circumcise their children nether to liue after the customes 22 What is then to be done the multitude must nedes come together for they shall heare that thou art come 23 Do therfore this that we say to thee We ha ue foure men which haue made a vowe 24 Then take and purifie thy self with them and contribute with them that they maȳe* shaue their heades and all shall knowe that those things whereof they haue bene informed concerning thee are nothing but that thou thy self also walkest kepe it the Law 25 For as touching the Gentiles whiche beleue we haue written and determined* that they obserue no suche thinge but that they kepe them selues from things offred to idoles and from bloode and from that that is stangled and from fornication 26 Then Paul toke the men and the next daye was purified with them and entred into the Temple * declaring the accomplishment of the dayes of purification vntyll that an offerynge shulde be offered for euerye one of them 27 And when the seuen dayes were almost ended the lewes whiche were of Asia when they sawe hym in the Temple moued all the people and layd hands on him 28 Crying Men of Israel helpe this is the man that teacheth all men euery where againste the people and the Law and this place more ouer he hath broght Grecians into the Tem ple and hathe polluted this holie place 29 For they had sene before Trophimus an Ephesian with him in the citie whom they sup posed that Paul had broght into the Temple 30 Then all the citie was moued and the people ran together and they toke Paul and drewe him out of the Temple ād forth with the dores were shut 31 But as they went about to kill hym tydings came vnto the chief Captaine of the bande that all Ierusalem was on an vproare 32 Who immediatly toke the 〈◊〉 and Centurions and ran downe vnto them and when they sawe the chief Captaine and the souldiers they left beating 〈◊〉 Paul 33 Then the chief Captayne came nere and toke him ād commanded him to be bounde with two chaines and demaunded who he 〈◊〉 and what he had done 34 And one cryed thys another that amonge the people So when he colde not know the certeintie for the tumulte he commanded him to be led into the castle 35 And when he came vnto the grieces it was so that he was borne of the souldiers for the violence of the people 36 For the multitude of the people followed after crying Away with him 37 And as Paul shulde haue bene led into the castle he sayd vnto the chief captaine May I speake vnto thee Who sayde Canst thou speake Greke 38 Art not thou the* Egyptian who before these dayes raised a sedition and led out into the wildernes foure thousand men that were murtherers 39 Then Paul said Doutles I am a man whiche am a Iewe and citizen of* Tarsus a famous citie in Cilicia and I beseche thee suffre me to speake vnto the people 40 And when he had giuen hym licence Paul stode on the grieces and beckened with the hand vnto the people and when there was made great silēce he spake vnto them in the Hebrue tongue saying CHAP. XXII 3 Paul rendreth an account of his life and doctrine 25 He escapeth the whippe by reason he was a citizen of 〈◊〉 1 YEmen brethren and fathers heare my defence now towards you 2 And when they heard that he spake in the He brue tongue to them they kept the more silence and he said 3 I am verely a man whiche am a Iewe borne in* Tarsus in Cilicia but broght vp in thys citie at the fete of Gamaliel and instructed accordyng to the perfect maner of the Law of the Fathers ād was zealous toward God as ye all are this day 4 * And I persecuted thys waye vnto the death bindyng and deliuerynge into prison bothe men and women 5 As also the chief Priest doeth beare me witnes and all the state of the Elders of whome also I receyued letters vnto brethren and went to Damascus to 〈◊〉 them whiche were there bound vnto erusalem that they might be punished 6 ¶ And so it was as Iiourneid and was come nere vnto Damascus about noone that suddenly there shone from heauen a great light rounde 〈◊〉 me 7 So I fell vnto the earth and heard a voyce saying vnto me Saul Saul why persecutest thou me 8 Then 〈◊〉 aunswered Who art thou Lord And he said to me I am Iesus of Nazaret whome thou persecutest 9 Moreouer they that were withme sawe in dede 〈◊〉 and were afraid but they heard not the voyce of him that spake vnto me 10 Then I said What shal I do Lord And the Lord said vnto me Arise and go into Damascus and there it shal be 〈◊〉 thee of all things which are appointed for thee to do 11 So when I colde not se for the glorie of that lyght I was led by the hande of them that were with me and came into Damascus 12 And one Ananias a godlye man as
that Paul being seton may be broght safe vnto Felix the Gouernour 25 And he wrote an epistle in this maner 26 Claudius Lysias vnto the moste noble Gouernour Felix sendeth greting 27 As this man was taken of the Iewes and shulde haue bene killed of them I came vpō them with the garison and rescued him per ceiuing that he was a Romaine 28 And when I wolde haue knowen the cause wherefore they accused him I broght him for the into their council 29 There I perceiued that he was accused of questions of their Law but had no crime worthie of death or of bondes 30 And when it was shewed me how that the Iewes laid wait for the mā I sent him straight way to thee and commaunded his accusers to speake before thee the things that they had against him Fare wel 31 Then the souldiers as it was commaunded them toke Paul and broght him by night to Antipatris 32 And the next day they left the horsmē to go with him and returned vnto the castel 33 Now when they came to Cesarea they deliuered the epistle to the Gouernour and presented Paul also vnto him 34 So when the Gouernour had red it he asked of what prouince he was when he vnder stode that he was of Cilicia 35 I wil heare thee said he whē thine accusers also are come and commaunded him to be kept in Herodes iudgement hall CHAP. XXIIII 10 Paul being accused answereth for his life and doctrine against his accusers 25 Felix gropeth him thinking to haue a bribe 28 And after leaueth him in prison 1 NOw after fiue dayes Ananias the high Priest came downe with the Elders and with Tertullus a certeine oratour whiche appeared before the Gouernour against Paul 2 And when he was called for the Tertullus began to accuse him saying Seing that we haue obteined great quietnes through thee and that manie worthie things are done vnto this nation through thy prouidence 3 We acknowledge it wholy and in all places moste noble Felix with all thankes 4 But that I be not tedious vnto thee I pray thee that thou woldest heare vs of thy courtesie a fewe wordes 5 Certeinely we haue founde this man a pestilent felowe a mouer of sedition among all the Iewes throughout the worlde a chief mainteiner of the secte of the Nazarites 6 And hathe gone about to pollute the Tēple therefore we toke him and wolde haue iudged him according to our Law 7 But the chief captaine Lysias came vpō vs and with great violence toke him out of our hands 8 Cōmanding his accusers to come to thee of whom thou maist if thou wilt inquire know all these things where of we accuse him 9 And the Iewes like wise 〈◊〉 saying that it was so 10 Then Paul after that the gouernour had beckened vnto him that he shulde speake answered I do the more gladly answer for my self for asmuche as I knowe that thou hast bene of manie yeres a iudge vnto this nation 11 Seing that thou maist knowe that there are but twelue dayes since I came vp to worship in Ierusalem 12 And thei nether founde me in the Temple disputing with anie man nether making vpro are among the people nether in the Synagogues nor in the citie 13 Nether can they proue the things where of they now accuse me 14 But this I confesse vnto thee that after the way which they call heresie so worship I the God of my Fathers beleuing all things which are written in the Law and the Prophetes 15 And haue hope to wards God that the resurrection of the dead which they them selues loke for also shal be bothe of iust and vniust 16 And here in I endeuour my self to haue alway a cleare consciēce to warde God to warde men 17 Now after many yeres I came and broght * almes to my nacion and offrings 18 * At what time certeine Iewes of Asia foūde me purified in the Temple 19 Nether with multitude nor with tumult 20 Who ought to haue bene present before thee accuse me if they had ought against me 21 Or let these thē selues say if they haue foūde any vniust thing in me while I stode in the Council 22 Except it be for this one voyce that I cryed standing among them * Of the resurrection of the dead am I accused of you this day 23 Now when Felix heard these things he differ red them and said Whē I shal more perfitely knowe the things which cōcerne this way by the coming of Lysias the chief Captaine I wil decise your matter 24 Then he cōmande a Centurion to kepe Paul and that he shulde haue ease that he shuld forbid none of his acquaintance to minister vnto him or to come vnto him 25 ¶ And after certeine dayes came Felix with his wife Drusilla which was a Iewesse he called forthe Paul and heard him of the faith in Christ. 26 And as he disputed of righteousnes and tēperance and of the iudgemēt to come Felix trembled ād answered Go thy way for this time and when I haue conuenient time I wil call for thee 27 He hoped also that money shulde haue bene giuen him of Paul that he might lose him wherefore he sent for him the oftener and communed with him 28 When two yeres were expired Porcius Festus came into Felix roume and Felix willing to get fauour of the Iewes left Paul bounde CHAP. XXV 2 The Iewes accuse Paul before Festus 8 He answereth for him self 11 And appealeth vnto the Emperour 14 His matter is rehearsed before Agrippa 23 And he is broght forthe 1 WHen Festus was then come into the pro uince after thre dayes he went vp from Cesarea vnto Ierusalem 2 Then the high Priest and the chief of the Iewes appeared before him against Paul and they besoght him 3 And desired fauour againste him that he wolde send for him to Ierusalem ād they laid wait to kil him by the way 4 But Festus answered that Paul shuld be kept at Cesarea and that he him self wolde shortly departe thither 5 Let them therefore said he which amōg you are able come downe with vs and if there be anie wickednes in the man let them accu se him 6 ¶ Now when he had taried among them no more then ten dayes he went downe to Cesarea and the next day sate in the iudgement seat and commaunded Paul to be broght 7 And when he was come the Iewes whiche were come from Ierusalem stode about him and laid manie and grieuous complaintes against Paul which they colde not proue 8 Forasmuche as he answered that he had nether offended anie thing against the Law of the Iewes nether against the Temple nor against Cesar. 9 Yet Festus willing to get fauour of the Iewes answered Paul and said Wilt thou go vp to Ierusalem there be iudged
to passe that thei came all safe to land CHAP. XXVIII 2 Paul with his compagnie are gently intreated of the barbarous people 5 The viper hurteth him not 8 He healeth Publius father and others and being fornished by them of things necessarie he fared towarde Rome 15 Where being receiued of the brethren he declareth his busines 30 And there preacheth two yeres 1 ANd when they were come safe thē they knewe that the yle was called Melita 2 And the Barbarians shewed vs no litle kindenes for they kindled a fyre and receiued vs euerie one because of the present showre and because of the colde 3 And when Paul had gathered a nomber of stickes laid them on the fyre there came a viper out of the heat and leapt on his hand 4 Now when the Barbarians sawe the worme hang on his hand they said among thē selues This man surely is a murtherer whome thogh he hathe escaped the sea yet Vengeance hathe not suffred to liue 5 But he shoke of the worme into the fyre and felt no harme 6 Howbeit thei waited when he shulde haue swolne or fallen downe dead suddenly but after they had loked a great while and sawe no inconuenience come to him thei chāged their mindes and said That he was a God 7 In the same quarters the chiefman of the yle whose name was Publius had possessions the same receiued vs lodged vs thre dayes courteously 8 And so it was that the Father of Publius lay sicke of the feuer and of a bloodie flixe to whome Paul entred in when he prayed he laid his hands on him and healed him 9 When this then was done other also in the yle which had diseases came to him were healed 10 Which also did vs great honour and when we departed they laded vs with things neces sarie 11 ¶ Now after thre moneths we departed in a ship of Alexādria which had wintred in the yle whose badge was Castor and Pollux 12 And when we arriued at Syracuse we taryed there thre dayes 13 And from thence we fet a compasse came to Rhegium and after one daye the South winde blewe and we came the seconde daie to Putioli 14 Where we founde brethren and were desired to tarie with them seuen dayes and so we went towarde Rome 15 ¶ And from thence when the brethren heard of vs they came to mete vs at the Market of Appius and at the Thre tauernes whome when Paul sawe he thanked God and waxed bolde 16 So when we came to Rome the Centurion deliuered the prisoners to the general Captaine but Paul was suffred to dwel by him self with a souldier that kept him 17 And the third day after Paul called the chief of the Iewes together and when they were come he said vnto them Men and bre thren thogh I haue commited nothing against the people or Lawes of the fathers yet was I deliuered prisoner frō Ierusalem into the hands of the Romaines 18 Who when thei had examined me wolde haue let me go because there was no cause of death in me 19 But when the Iewes spake contrarie I was constrained to appeale vnto Cesar not because I had ought to accuse my nacion of 20 For this cause therefore haue I called for you to se you and to speake with you for the hope of Israels sake I am bounde with this chaine 21 Then they said vnto him We nether receiued letters out of 〈◊〉 concerning thee nether came anie of the brethren that shewed or spake anie euil of thee 22 But we wil he 〈◊〉 of thee what thou thinkest for as concerning this secte we knowe that euerie where it is spoken against 23 And when they had appointed him a daye there came manie vnto him into his lodging to whome he expounded and testified the kingdome of God and preached vnto them concerning Iesus bothe out of the Law of Moses and out of the Prophetes from morning to night 24 And some were persuaded with the things which were spoken and some beleued not 25 Therefore when thei agreed not among them selues they departed after that Paul had spoken one worde to wit Wel spake the holie Gost by Esaias the Prophet vnto our fathers 26 Saying * Go vnto this people and say By hearing ye shal heare and shal not vnderstād and seing ye shal se and not perceiue 27 For the heart of this people is waxed fat and their eares are dull of hearing and with their eyes haue they winked lest they shulde se with their eyes heare with their eares and vnderstād with their hearts and shulde returne that I might heale them 28 Be it knowen therefore vnto you that this saluacion of God is sent to the Gentiles and they shal heare it 29 And whē he had said these things the Iewes departed and had great reasoning among them selues 30 And Paul remained two yeres ful in an house hired for himself and receiued all that came in vnto him 31 Preaching the kingdome of God and teaching those things which cōcerne the Lord Iesus Christ with all boldenes of speache without let THE EPISTLE OF THE Apostle Paul to the Romaines THE ARGVMENT THe great mercie of God is declared towarde man in Christ Iesus whose righteousnes is made ours through saith For when man by reason of his owne corruption colde not fulfil the Law yea committed most abominably bothe against the Law of God and nature the infinite bountie of God mindeful of his promes made to his seruant Abraham the Father of all beleuers ordeined that mans saluation shulde onely stand in the perfect obedience of his Sonne Iesus Christ so that not onely the circumcised Iewes but also the vn circumcised Gentiles shulde be saued by faith in him euen as Abraham before he was circumcised was counted iuste onely through faith and yet afterwarde receiued circumcisiō as a seale or badge of the same righteousnes by faith And to the intent that none shulde thinke that the couenant which God made to him and his posteritie was not performed other because the Iewes receiued not Christ which was the blessed sede orels beleued not that he was the true redemer because he did not onely or at least more notably preserue the Iewes the examples of Ismael Esau declare that all are not Abrahams posteritie which come of Abrahā according to the flesh but also the verie strangers and Gentiles grafied in by faith are made heires of the promes The cause whereof is the onlie wil of God forasmuche as of his fre mercie he electeth some to be saued and of his iuste iudgement reiecteth others to be damned as appeareth by the testimonies of the Scriptures Yet to the intent that the Iewes shuld not be to muche beaten downe nor the Gentiles to muche puffed vp the example of Elias proueth that God hathe yet his elect euen of the natural posteritie of
Abraham thogh it appeareth not so to mans eye and for that preferment that the Gētiles haue it procedeth of the liberal mercie of God whiche he at length 〈◊〉 towarde the Iewes againe and so gather the whole Israel which is his Church of them bothe This grounde worke of faith and doctrine layed instructions of Christian maners followe teaching 〈◊〉 man to walke in roundenes of conscience in his vocation with all patience and humblenes reuerencing and obeying magistrate exercising charitie putting of the olde man and putting on Christ bearing with the weake louing one another according to Christs example Finally S. Paul after his commendacions to the brethren exhorteth thē to vnitie and to flee false preachers and flatterers and so concludeth with a prayer CHAP. I. 1 Paul sheweth by whome and to what purpose he is called 13 His ready wil. 16 What the Gospel is 20 The vse of creatures and wherefore they were made 21. 24. The ingratitude peruersitie and punishment of all mankinde 1 PAVLa seruant of IESVSCHRIST called to be an Apostle * put aparte to preache the Gospel of God 2 Which he had pro mised afore by his* Prophetes in the ho lie Scriptures 3 Concerning his Sonne Iesus christ our Lord which was made of the sede of Dauid according to the flesh 4 And declared mightely to be the Sonne of God touching the Spirit of sanctification by the resurrection from the dead 5 By whome we haue receiued grace and Apostleship that obedience might be giuen vnto the faith in his Name among all the Gentiles 6 Among whome ye be also the called of Iesus Christ 7 To all you that be at Rome beloued of God called to be Saints * Grace be with you and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Iesus Christ. 8 First I thanke my God through Iesus Christ for you all because your faith is published throughout the whole worlde 9 For God is my witnes whome I serue in my spirit in the Gospel of his Sōne that with out ceasing I make mencion of you 10 Alwayes in my prayers beseching that by some meanes one time or other I might haue a prosperous iourney by the wil of God to come vnto you 11 * For I long to se you that I might bestowe among you some spiritual gifte to strengthen you 12 That is that I might be comforted together with you through our mutual faith bothe yours and mine 13 Now my brethren I wolde that ye shulde not be ignorāt how that I haue often times purposed to come vnto you but haue bene lethitherto that I might haue some frute also among you as I haue among the other Gentiles 14 I am detter bothe to the Grecians and to the Barbarians bothe to the wisemen and vnto the vnwise 15 Therfore asmuche as in me is I am ready to preache the Gospel to you also that are at Rome 16 For I am not ashamed of the Gospel of Christ for it is the * power of God vnto saluation to euerie one that beleueth to the Iewe first and also to the Grecian 17 For by it the iuste righteousnes of God is reueiled from faith to faith as it is written * The iuste shal liue by faith 18 For the wrath of God is reueiled from heauen against all vngodlines and vnrighteousnes of men which with holde the trueth in vnrighteousnes 19 Forasmuche as that which may be knowen of God is manifest in them for God hathe shewed it vnto them 20 For the inuisible things of him that is his eternal power and Godhead are sene by the creation of the worlde being considered in his workes to the intent that they shulde be without excuse 21 * Because that when they knewe God they glorified him not as God nether were thankeful but became vaine in their imaginations and their foolish heart was ful of darkenes 22 When they professed them selues to be wise they became fooles 23 For thei turned the glorie of the incorruptible God to the similitude of the image of a corruptible man and of birdes and foure foted beastes and of creeping things 24 Wherefore also God gaue them vp to their hearts lustes vnto vnclennes to defile their owne bodies betwene them selues 25 Which turned the trueth of God vnto a lie and worshipped and serued the creature * forsaking the Creator which is blessed for euer Amen 26 For this cause God gaue them vp vnto vile affections for euen their women did change the natural vse into that which is against nature 27 And likewise also the men left the natural vse of the woman and burned in their lusteone towarde another and man with man wroght filthines and receiued in them selues suche recōpense of their errour as was mete 28 For as thei regarded not to knowe God euen so God deliuered them vp vnto a reprobat minde to do those things which are not conuenient 29 Being ful of all vnrighteousnes fornicatiō wickednes coueteousnes maliciousnes full of enuie of murther of debat of disceite taking al things in the euil parte whisperers 30 Backebiters haters of God doers of wrōg proude boasters inuenters of euil things disobedient to parents without vnderstanding couenant breakers without natural affection suche as can neuer be appeased merciles 31 Which men thogh they knewe the Law of God how that they which commit suche things are worthie of death yet not one ly do the same but also fauour them that do them CHAP. II. 1 He feareth the hypocrites with Gods iudgemēt 7 And comforteth the faithful 12 To beat done all vaine pretence of ignorance holines and of alliance with God he proueth all men to be sinners 15 The Gentiles by their conscience 17 The Iewes by the Law written 1 THerefore thou art inexcusable ô man whosoeuer thou art that iudgest * for in that that thou iudgest another thou condēnest thy self for thou that iudgest doest the same things 2 But we knowe that the iudgement of God is according to trueth against them which commit suche things 3 And thinkest thou this ô thou man that iud gest them which do suche things and doest the same that thou shalt escape the iudgement of God 4 Ordespisest thou the riches of his bountifulnes and * pacience and long sufferance not knowing that the boūtifulnes of GOD leadeth thee to repentance 5 But thou after thine hardnes and heart that can not repent * heapest vnto thy self wrath against the day of wrath and of the declaration of the iuste iudgement of God 6 * Who wil rewarde euerie man according to his workes 7 That is to them which by continuance in wel doing seke glorie and honour and immortalitie eternal life 8 But vnto them that are
and to the faithful in Christ Iesus 2 Grace be with you and peace from God our Father from the Lord Iesus Christ. 3 * Blessed be God euen the Father of our Lords Iesus Christ which hathe blessed vs with all spiritual blessing in heauēlie things in Christ 4 * As he hathe 〈◊〉 vs in him before the fundacion of the worlde that we * shulde be holie and without blame before him in loue 5 Who hathe predestinate vs to be adopted through Iesus Christ vnto him self according to the good pleasure of his wil 6 To the praise of the glorie of his grace where with he hathe made vs accepted in his beloued 7 By whome we haue redemption through his blood euen the forgiuenes of sinnes according to his riche grace 8 Wherby he hathe bene abundant toward vs in all wisdome and vnderstanding 9 And hathe opened vnto vs the mysterie of his wil according to his good pleasure which he had purposed in him 10 That in the dispensacion of the fulnes of the times he might gather together in one all things bothe which are in heauen and which are in earth euen in Christ 11 In whome also we are chosen when we were predestinate according to the purpose of him which worketh al things after the coun sel of his owne wil. 12 That we which first trusted in Christ shuld be vnto the praise of his glorie 13 In whome also ye haue trusted after that ye heard the worde of trueth euen the Gospel of your saluacion where in also after that ye beleued ye were sealed with the holie Spi rit of promes 14 Which is the ernest of our inheritance vntil the redemption of the possession purchas sed vnto the praise of his glorie 15 Therefore also after that I heard of the faith which ye haue in the Lord Iesus and loue towarde all the Saintes 16 I cease not to giue thankes for you making mention of you in my prayers 17 That the God of our Lord Iesus Christ the Father of glorie might giue vnto you the Spirit of wisdome and reuelation through the knowledge of him 18 That the eyes of your vnderstandyng may be lightened that ye may knowe what the hope is of his calling and what the riches of his glorious inheritance is in the Saintes 19 And what is the exceading greatnes of hys power toward vs which beleue * according to the working of his mightie power 20 Which he wroght in Christe when he raised him from the dead set him at his right hand in the heauenlie places 21 Farre aboue all principalitie and power might and domination and euerie Name that is named not in this worlde onely but also in that that is to come 22 * And hathe made all things subiect vnder his fete and hath appointed hym ouer all things to be the head to the Churche 23 Whiche is his bodie euen the fulnes of him that filleth all in all things CHAP. II. 5 To magnifie the grace of Christe whiche is the onely cause of saluation II He sheweth them what maner of people they 〈◊〉 before their cōuersion 18 And what they are now in Christ. 1 ANd * you hath he quickened t hat were dead in trespasses and sinnes 2 Wherein in time past ye walked according to the course of this worlde and after the * a prince that ruleth in the aire euen the spirit that now worketh in the children of disobedience 3 Among whome we also had our conuersation in time past in the lustes of our fleshe in fulfilling the wil of the 〈◊〉 of the minde and were by nature the children of wrath as wel as others 4 But God whiche is riche in mercie through his great loue wherewith he loued 〈◊〉 5 Euen when we were dead by sinnes hathe quickened vs together in Christ by who se grace ye are saued 6 And hathe raised vsvp together and made vs sit together in the heauenlie places in Christ Iesus 7 That he might shew in the age to come the exceding riches of his grace through his kindnes towarde vs in Christ Iesus 8 For by grace are ye saued through faith and that not of your selues it is the gifte of God 9 Not of workes lest any man shulde boaste himself 10 For we are his workemanship created in Christ Iesus vnto good workes which God hathe ordeined that we shulde walke in them 11 Wherefore remember that ye being in time past Gentiles in the fleshe and called * 〈◊〉 of them whiche are called circumcision in the flesh made with hands 12 That ye were I say at that time without Christ and were aliantes from the commune welth of Israel and were * strangers frō the couenants of promes and had no hope were without God in the worlde 13 But now in Christ IESVS ye which once were farre of are made nere by the blood of Christ. 14 For he is our peace which hathe made of bothe one and hathe broken the stoppe of the particion wall 15 In abrogating through his flesh the hatred that is the Law of commandements which standeth in ordinances for to make of twaine one newe man in himself so making peace 16 And that he might reconcile bothe vnto God in one bodie by his crosse and slaye hatred thereby 17 And came preached peace to you which were a farre of and to them that were nere 18 * For through him we bothe haue an entran ce vnto the Father by one Spirit 19 Now therefore ye are no more strangers ād forenes but citizens with the Saintes and of the housholde of God 20 And are buylt vpon the fundacion of the Apostles and Prophetes Iesus Christ him self being the chief corner stone 21 In whome all the buylding coupled together groweth vnto an holie Temple in the Lord 22 In whome ye also are buylt together to be the habitation of God by the Spirit CHAP. III. 1 He sheweth the cause of his imprisonment 13 Desireth them not to faint because of his trouble 14 And prayeth God to make them stedfast in his Spirit 1 FOr this cause I Paul am the prisoner of Iesus Christ for you Gentiles 2 If ye haue heard of the dispensation of the grace of GOD which is giuen me to you warde 3 That is that God by reuelation hathe shewed this mysterie vnto me as I wrote aboue in fewe wordes 4 Whereby when ye read ye may know mine vnderstanding in the mysterie of Christ 5 Which in other ages was not opened vnto the sonnes of men as it is now reueiled vnto his holie Apostles and Prophetes by the Spirit 6 That the Gentiles shulde be inheriters also and of the same bodie and partakers of his promes in Christ by the Gospel 7 Whereof I am made a
the middes of a naughtie and croked nation among whom ye shine as*lights in the world 16 Holdyng forthe the worde of life that I may reioyce in the day of Christ that I haue not runne in vaine nether haue labored in vaine 17 Yea and thogh I be offered vp vpon the sacrifice ād seruice of your faith I am glad and reioyce with you all 18 For the same cause also be ye glad and reioyce with me 19 And I trust in the Lord Iesus to send * Timo theus shortly vnto you that I also may be of good comforte when I knowe you state 20 For I haue no man lyke minded who will faithfully care for your matters 21 * For all seke their owne and not that which is Iesus Christs 22 But ye knowe the profe of hym that as a sonne with the father he hathe serued with me in the 〈◊〉 23 Hym therefore I hope to send assone as I knowe how it wil go with me 24 And trust in the Lord that I also my self shal come shortly 25 But I supposed it necessarie to send my brother Epaphroditus vnto you my compa nion in labour and fellowe souldier euen your messenger and he that ministred vnto me suche things as I wanted 26 For he longed after all you and was full of heauines because ye had heard that he had bene sicke 27 And no doute he was sicke verie nere vnto death but God had mercie on hym and not on him onely but on me also lest I shuld haue sorowe vpon sorowe 28 I sent him therfore the more diligently that when ye shulde se hym againe ye myght reioyce and I might be the lesse sorowful 29 Receiue him therefore in the Lord with all gladnes and make muche of suche 30 Because that for the worke of Christ he was nere vnto death and regarded not hys life to fulfil that seruice which was lacking on your parte towarde me CHAP. III. 2 He warneth them to beware of false teachers 3 Against 〈◊〉 he setteth Christ. 4 Likewise himself 9 And his doctrine 12 And reproueth mans owne righteousnes 1 MOreouer my brethren reioyce in the Lorde It grieueth me not to write the same thyngs to you and for you it is a sure thyng 2 Beware of dogges beware of euil workers beware of the concision 3 For we are the circumcision which worship God in the spirit ād reioyce in Christ Iesus and haue no confidence in the flesh 4 Thogh I might also haue confidence in the fleshe If anie other man thinketh that he hathe whereof he might trust in the fleshe muche more I 5 Circumcised the eight day of the kinred of Israel of the tribe of Beniamin * an Ebrewe of the Ebrewes * by the law a Pharise 6 Concerning zeale I persecuted the Church touching the ryghteousnes whiche is in the Law I was vnrebukeable 7 But the thyngs that were vantage vnto me the same I counted losse for Christs sake 8 Yea doutles I thinke all things but losse for the excellent knowledge sake of Christ Iesus my Lorde for whome I haue counted all thyngs losse and do iudge them to be dongue that I might winne Christ. 9 And might be founde in him that is not hauing mine owne righteousnes which is of the Law but that which is through the faith of Christ euē the righteousnes which is of God through faith 10 That I maye knowe him and the vertue of hys resurrection and the fellowshyp of hys afflictions and be made conformable vnto his death 11 If by anie meanes I might atteyne vnto the resurrection of the dead 12 Not as thogh I had alreadie atteined to it ether were alreadie perfect but I followe if that I maye comprehende that for whose sake also I am comprehended of Christe Iesus 13 Brethren I counte not my selfe that I haue atteined to it but one thing I do I forget that which is behind and endeuoure my self vnto that which is before 14 And followe hard towarde the marke for the prise of the hie calling of God in Christ Iesus 15 Let vs therefore as manie as be perfecte be thus mynded and if ye be otherwyse minded God shall reueile euen the same vnto you 16 Neuertheles in that whereunto we are come let vs procede by one rule * that we may minde one thing 17 Brethren be folowers of me and loke on them whiche walke so as ye haue vs for an ensample 18 * For manie walke of whome I haue tolde you often and nowe tell you wepyng that they are the enemyes of the Crosse of Christ. 19 Whos 's end is damnation whose God is their belie and whose glorie is to their shame which minde earthlie things 20 But our conuersacion is in heauen from whence also we loke for the * Sauiour euē the Lord Iesus Christ. 21 Who shall chaunge our vile bodie that it may be facioned lyke vnto his glorious bodie according to the working wherby he is able euen to sub due all things vnto him self CHAP. IIII. 1 He exhorteth them to be of honest conuersation 15 And thanketh them because of the prouision that they made for him beyng in prison 21 And so concludeth with salutacions 1 THerefore my brethren beloued and longed for my ioy and my crowne so continue in the Lord ye beloued 2 I pray Euo dias and beseche Syntyche that they be of one accorde in the Lord. 3 Yea ād I beseche thee faithful yoke felow helpe those women which laboured with me in the Gospel with Clemente also and with other my felowe laborers whose names are in the * boke of life 4 Reioyce in the Lorde alway againe I say reioyce 5 Let your patient minde be knowen vnto all men The Lord is at hand 6 * Be nothyng carefull but in all thyngs let your requestes be shewed vnto God in prayer and supplicacion with giuing of thankes 7 And the peace of God whiche passeth al vnderstanding shall preserue your hearts and mindes in Christ Iesus 8 Furthermore brethren whatsoeuer thinges are true whatsoeuer thynges are honeste whatsoeuer thyngs are iuste whatsoeuer things are pure whatsoeuer things perteine to loue whatsoeuer things are of good reporte if there be anie vertue or if there be anie praise thinke on these things 9 Which ye haue bothe learned and receiued and heard and sene in me those thyngs do and the God of peace shal be with you 10 Now I reioyce also in the Lord greatly that nowe at the last ye are reuiued againe to care for me wherin notwithstāding ye were careful but ye lacked opportunitie 11 I speake not because of want for I haue learned in whatsoeuer state I am there with to be content 12 And I can be abased and I can abunde euerie where in all things I am
Ebed-melech the blacke more Ier. 38. 7 Eber and his sonnes Gen. 10. 25 ¶ Esau why he is called Edom. Gen. 25. 30 Edom denyeth passage to Israel Nomb. 20. 14 Edom rebelleth from vnder iudah 2. King 8. 29 ¶ The Egyptians eat not with the ebrewes Gene. 43. 32. of them loke in Exod. 11. and 12. Deut. 23. 7. Iere. 46. 2. Ezek. 32. 12 Egypt the yron fornace Deuteronome 4. 20 ¶ Ehud a iudge in israel Iudg. 3. 15 ¶ The Ekronites and their doings 1. Sam. 5. 10 ¶ What condicions the Elders ought to haue Tit. 2. 2 〈◊〉 the sonne of aaron Exode 6. 25 Iosh. 24. 33 Gods purpose is by his Election Rom. 9. 11 Election of grace Rom. 11. 5 make your calling and Election sure 2. Pet. 1. 10 As touching the Election they are loued for the fathers sakes Rommains 11. 28. The Elect haue obteined that israel obteined not Rom. 11. 7 We knowe that ye are Elect of God 1. Thess. 1. 4. Election lyeth in god and not in vs. Rom 9. 11 and 16. the Elect are fewe in nomber Matth. 7 14. Elected before the fundacion of the worlde Ephes. 1. 4 the elect of God can not be condemned Rom. 8. 34 the Elect were chosen before the funda cions of the worlde Ephes. 1. 4. 1. Pet. 1. 2 Eli the priest and his doings 1. Sam. 1. 2 3. 4. Eliakim called also iehoiakim 2. King 23. 34 Elias and Eliseus Luk. 4125. 27 Eliiah the prophet and his doings 1. King 17 vnto the 2. King 2 Elimelech and his wife naomi Ruth 1. 2 Elisabetzacharies wife Luk. 1. 5. Elisha balde 2. King 2. 23. Elisha doeth good for euil 2. King 6. 22. Elisha his life and his doings 1. King 19 vnto the 2. King 13 Elisha is called from the plow to prophe cie 1. King 19. 19 Elisheba aarons wife Exod. 6. 23 Elon a iudge in israel Iudg. 12. 12 Ely mas the sorcerer withstanding pauls preaching Act. 13. 8 ¶ Emmanuel Mat. 1. 23 ¶ Take from among you al. Euchanters Deut. 18. 11 Enchanters and south sayers driuen out of Israel by saul 1. Sam. 28. 3 The End of all things is at hand Peter 4. 7 He that Endureth to the end shal be saued Mat. 24. 13. 2. Thess. 3. 13 Eneas healed by the meanes of peter Act. 9. 33 Ioue thine Enemies Mat. 5. 44. prouerb 25. 21 Christ prayeth for his Enemies Luk. 23. 34 〈◊〉 the sonne of sheth Gen. 4. 26 flee Enuie Gal. 5. 26. 1. Pet 2. 1. enuious persones Prou. 23. 6 ¶ Ephesians worshiped diana Actes 19 35. Ephraim and his doings Gen. 41. 52. and 48. 5. 49 The Ephraimites rise vp against gideon Iudg. 8. 1 The Epicures dispute with Paul Actes 17. 18 Pauls Epistles hard to be vnderstand 2. Pet. 3. 16. ¶ The Ernest of the spirit in our hearts 2. Cor. 1. 22. 5. 5. ¶ 〈◊〉 reigneth after saneherib 2. King 19. 37 Esau and his doings Genese 25 vnto the 36. Who are to be Eschewed 2. Tim. 3. 5 Ester and her doings Ester 2. and 4. and 5. and 7. ¶ Hate that that is Euil Rom. 12. 9 Recompense not Euil for euil Rom. 12. 17. God turneth the Euil into good Genes 50. 20. Rom. 8. 28 Do not companie with Euil men Prou. 24. 1. We are Euil of nature Mat. 7. 11. Genes 6. 5. an Eunuch candaces chief gouernour beleueth in Iesus Christ. Actes 8. 17. Eutychus restored to life Actes 20. 10 ¶ He that Exalteth him self shal be broght lowe luk 18. 14 Examine all things 1. Thess. 5. 21 Examine thy self before thou come to the supper of the Lord. 1. Corinth 11. 28 Excommunicate those that loue not Iesus Christ. 1. Cor. 16. 22 The Excommunicacion that paul vsed 1. Cor. 5. 5 Exorcistes hurt by the euil spirit Act. 19. 13 Experience bringeth hope Rom. 5. 4. ¶ The good Eye Mat. 6. 22. Eye for Eye Exod. 21. 24. Mat. 5. 38 F OLde wiues Fables 1. Tim. 4. 7. euerie one ought to proue his Faith 2. Cor. 13. 5 Continuance in Faith Coloss. 1. 23 The shield of Faith Ephes. 6. 16 Christ prayeth for peters Faith Luk. 22 32. The definicion of Faith Ebr. 11. 1 Faith cometh by hearing Rom. 10. 17 The apostles praye to haue their Faith increased Luk. 17. 5. Faith in God by Christ. 1. Pet. 1. 21. Mat. 12. 21 Faith ioyned with charitie 1. Tim. 1. 5 Faith is the gift of God Philip. 1. 29 2. Pet. 1. 3 The end of Faith is the saluacion of our soules 1. Pet. 1. 9 The Faith of Abraham Gen. 15. 6 24. 7 The Faith of the fathers Ebr. 11. By Faith the spirit is receiued Galat. 3. 2. By Faith the hearts are purified Actes 15 9. Iohn 15. 3 By Faith we resist the deuil 1. Pet. 5. 9 Faith without workes is dead Iames. 2. 17. The Faithful are the children of Abraham Rom. 9. 8. the Faithful shal not come into condem nacion Iohn 5. 24 To Fall into the hands of the liuing God Ebr. 12. 31 To Fall vpon the face Gen. 17. 17. Ruth 2. 10. A great Famine in samaria 1. 〈◊〉 18. 2. 2. King 6. 25 The Famine of gods worde fore spoken Amos. 8. 11 Moses Fasteth fortie daies and fortie nights Exod. 34. 28. Christ like wise Matth. 4. 2 fained Fasting Isa. 58. 3. Zech. 7. 5. Matth. 6. 16. The father of Christ is our Father Iohn 20. 17. He that knoweth Christ knoweth the Father Iohn 14. 7 Honour thy Father and mother Mat. 15. 4. Mar. 7. 10 Fathers are charged to teache their chil dren the law of God Deut. 11. 19 He that beateth his Father or mother shal dye the death Exod. 21 15. Prou. 20. 20 God doeth right vnto the Fatherles Deut. 10. 18 The Fatherles Deut. 14. 29 24 19 and 26. 12 〈◊〉 19 ¶ The Feareful must absent them selues from warre Deut. 20. 8 Learne to Feare God Deut. 14. 23 The Feare of God is true wisdome Iob. 28. 28. The worthiest places at Feasts Matth. 23. 6 Feasts made at shepeshearings 2. Samu. 13. 23. ¶ God teacheth to Fight 2. Sam. 22. 35 The Finger of God for his power Exo. 8. 19. The First borne in the land of egypt dye Exod. 11. 4 of First frutes Exod. 22. 29 The First frutes perteined to the hie priests Nomb. 5. 9 fishes cleane and vncleane Leuit. 11. 9. ¶ Paul neuer vsed Flatterie 1. Thessallo 2. 5. slee in time of persecution Mat. 10. 〈◊〉 the dedes of the Flesh. Gal. 5. 17 Man is but Flesh. Genes 6. 3 To be in the Flesh for to liue according to the Flesh. Rom. 7. 5 Flesh and blood that is whatsoeuer is in man Matth. 16. 17 The wisdome of the Flesh is death Rom. 7. 24. 8. 6 Flesh lusteth against the spirit Gal. 5. 17. the Flesh of Christ eaten by faith Iohn 6. 54. The care of the Flesh ought to be reiected Rom. 13. 14 To eat the Flesh with the blood is forbid Gen. 9.
23. 25 whoso murmureth agaynste the Ministers murmureth agaynst God exod 16. 8 the Ministers of God what maner men they ought to be leuit 21. 21 ministers ought for their preachyng to haue sufficient rom 15. 27 ministers that tikle the eares with pleasant fables 2. tim 3. 6 and 4. 3. tit 1. 10 Chryste came to Minister vnto Matt. 20. 28 the iewes 〈◊〉 Miracles mat 12. 38 the Lord proueth vs by Miracles deut 13. 3 he that by false Miracles deceiueth the people shal dye the death deut 13. 5 christ by Miracles glorifieth his father mat 15. 31 Miriāthe sister of moses her doings exod 15. 20. nōb 12 20. 1. deu 24. 9 ¶ Moabites nomb 21. deut 2. 9. iudg 3. 1. king 11. 7. 2. king 23. 13 Moab the sonne of lot gen 19. 37 modestie required in yong men ecclesiasti 32. 9 offre not thy children to Molech leui 18. 21 and 20. 2 Molech the abominacion of the Ammo nites 1. king 11. 7 money deliuered to be kept exod 22. 7 of Money that one hathe receyued to kepe exod 22. 7. leui 6. 4. deu 24. 10 the worshipers of the Moone were put to death deut 17. 3 Mordecai his doings est 4 and 6. 13 the Morians and their ruine zeph 2. 12 mortifie the members of sinne colos 3. 5 the Lord buryeth Moses deut 34. 6 Moses and the prophetes are the scripture of the olde testamēt Luk. 16. 29. Moses disobeyed of the israelites act 7. 39 Moses murmureth nomb 11. 11 Moses shall accuse the Iewes Iohn 5. 45 the Mote in thy brothers eye Mat. 7. 3 he that doeth not honour hys Mother is accursed deut 27. 16 the froward Mouth prou 4. 24 mouth is giuen to man of GOD. exod 4. 11 ¶ a law for Murther nom 35. 11 the Murtherer shal dye the death leuit 24. 21. deut 19. 11 he is a Murtherer that hateth hys brother 1. iohn 3. 15 beware that thon Murmure not against god 1. cor 10. 10 murmurers consumed wyth the fyre of the lord nomb 11. 1 the Murmuring israelits are consumed by the hand of god nomb 16. 41 N NAaman the leaper washeth him self in iorden and is healed 2. Kyng 5. 14 Nabals vnthankefulnes 1. Sam. 25 Naboth stoned to death 1. Kyng 21. 13 Nadab and abihu burnt with fyre from the Lord. Leui. 10. 2 nadab the sōne of ieroboā 1. kin 14. 20 Nahor the father ofterad Gen. 11. 24 Nahshon the sonne of amminadab nomb 1. 7 a good Name prou 22. 1 the Name of god defiled by swearyng leuit 19. 12 to take the Name of god in vaine exod 20. 7. deut 5. 11 the Name of god was heard of in all pla ces 1. king 8. 42 women gaue the Names to their children gene 29. 32 and 30. 6. as of samson iudg 13. 24 Naomi the wyfe of elimelech ruth 1. 2 Naptali iosh. 19. 32 Nathanael a true Israelite Iohn 1. 47 Nathan the prophete 2. samu 7. 2. 1. king 1. 22 christ nourced in Nazaret mat 2. 23 and 13. 54 Nazarites and their law nomb 6 they of Nazaret despise Christe Mat. 13. 55 ¶ Nebat 1. king 15. 1 Nebuchad-nezzar 2. kyng 24. 1. dan. 1 and 2 and 3 and 4. isa 14. ier 27. 8 Nehemiah and hys doyngs reade hys boke euery man in his necessitie is our Neigh bour luk 10. 29 a good Neighbour prou 27. 10 the birds Nest. deut 22. 6 newenes of life rom 6. 4 ¶ Nicanor and hys doynges 1. macca 7. 26 Nicodemus iohn 3. 1 and 19. 39 Nimrod gen 10. 9 Nimrod gen 10. 9 Niniueh buylt vp genes 10. 11. her destruction is forewarned nah 3. 1. she repenteth ion 3. 9 ¶ Noah and hys doyngs genes 5. vnto the 9 Noah in his dronkennes is mocked of his sonne gen 9. 21 Noah the preacher of ryghteousnes 2. pet 2. 5 Nob a citie that saul destroyed 1. sam 22. 19 O OBadiah hideth the prophetes of god 1. king 18. 4 Obed-edom blessed of the Lorde and why 2. sam 6. 11 Obed the sonne of ruth ruth 4. 17 Obed the prophet reproueth the israelites 2. chro 289 by christs Obedience we are made righ teous rom 5. 19 obedient to Father and mother exod 20. 12. deut 5. 16 christ became Obedient vnto the death philip 2. 8. ebr 5. 8 to Obeye God rather then men act 4 19 and 5. 29 to Obeye is better then sacrifice 1. sam 15. 22 We must Obey the voyce of God 〈◊〉 30. 20 oblation for sinne nomb 19 diuers oblations read the booke of 〈◊〉 uiticus destruction of the obstinate ezek 6. ¶ giue no occasion of Offence to 〈◊〉 brother rom 14. 13. 1. cor 10. 32 the disciples offended at Christe 〈◊〉 6. 66 the pharises Offended wyth 〈◊〉 mat 15. 12 offend not mat 18. 6 to offre beasts in sacrifice leuit 1 christ was Offred once for vs. ebr 〈◊〉 the pure Offryng of the Gentiles 〈◊〉 1. 11 ¶ Og the kyng of bashan and his people conquered nomb 21. 33 ¶ the praise of Olde age prou 16. 31 the personne of the Olde man shuld be honored leuit 19. 32 the wilde Oliue rom 11. 17 Olofernes and his doings from the 7 of iudeth vnto the 15 ¶ Omri king of israel 1. king 16. 16 ¶ Onan is slaine by the Lorde and why gene 38. 9 One siphorus 2. tim 1. 16 Onias the high priest 2. mac 3 and 4 ¶ they beleue that are Ordeined to eter nal life act 13. 48 publicke Ordonnances prou 16. 11 vnlawfull Ordonnances isa 10 Oreb is staine iudg 7. 25 orgaines inuented by whom gen 4. 21 ¶ moses calleth Oshea the sonne of nun iehoshua nomb 13. 17 ¶ an Othe is the ende of all strife ebr 6. 16 Othniel iudged israel iud 1. 13 and 3. 9 ¶ the Oxe that goreth man or woman is stoned to death exod 21. 28 ¶ the holie oynting Oyle exod 30. 31 the oynting of christ dan. 9. 24 the oynting of Christ the holie gost 1. iohn 2. 27 the Oynting of kyngs 1. sam 9. 16 and 10. 1 and 16. 13 to Oynt the sicke with oyle iam 5. 14 P PAcience necessarie ebr 10. 36 the praise of Pacience prou 16. 32 the Pacience of iob Iob. 1. and 2. god is Pacient exod 34. 6. rom 15. 5 be Pacient 1. thess 5. 14 the sicke of the Palsie is healed Matt. 9. 2 the Parable of the bramble iudg 9. 14. of trees iudg 9. 8. of children sittyng in the market Mat. 11. 16. of the vncleane Spirite that turned backe to the house mat 12. 43. of the sower mat 13. 3. of the tares of the leuame of the mustardsede mat 13. of the hid treasure Mat. 13. 44. of the net cast into the sea mat 13. 47. of the pu blicane and the pharisie luk 18. 9. of two sonnes mat 21. 28. of the figge tree mat 24. 32. of the thief mat 24. 43. of the talentes mat 25. 15. of the samaritane luke 10. 30.
in tent that 〈◊〉 shulde not glorie but in their humilitie a That if the one part were assailed the other might escape b By this 〈◊〉 he partly did reuerence to his brother and partely praied to God to mitigate Esaus Wrath. c Iaakob and his familie are the image of the Church vnder the yoke of 〈◊〉 whiche for feare are broght 〈◊〉 sub iection d In that that his brother imbraced him so louin gly contrary to his expectation be accepted it as a plaine signe of Gods presence “ Or gift e By earnest 〈◊〉 f He promised that which as se meth his mynde was not to performe “ Or tentes “ Or Mesopotamia “ Or lambes or money so marked g He calleth the signe the thyng whiche it signifieth in 〈◊〉 that God had mightely deliuered hym a This example teacheth that to much libertie is not to be giuen to youthe †Ebr. hūbled her †Ebr. speake to the heart of the maide b This proueth that the consent of parents is requisite in mariage seing the very infideles did also obserue it as a thing necessarie “ Or folie †Ebr. and it shal not be so 〈◊〉 “ Or mariages “ Or grant my request †Eb. multiply gre atly the dowry c They made the holy ordinance of God a 〈◊〉 to Cōpasse their wicked purpose d As it is abomi natiō for thē 〈◊〉 are baptized to ioine with infidels e Their faute 〈◊〉 the greater in that they make religion a 〈◊〉 for their craft f For the people vsed to assemble there and iustice was also ministred g Thus many pretend to speake for a publike profit whē they only speake for their owne 〈◊〉 gaine and commoditie h Thus thei lacke no kinde of persuasion whiche preferre their owne commodi ties before the common welth i For they were the chief of the companie k The people are punished with their wicked princes Chap. 46 6. †Ebr. 〈◊〉 of the sworde “ Or to be 〈◊〉 a God is euer at hand to succour his in their troubles Chap 28. 13. b That by this outward act thei shulde 〈◊〉 their in ward re pentance c For therein was some signe of su perstition as in tablets ād Agnus deis d Thus not with standyng the 〈◊〉 e that came before God deliuered Iaakob Chap. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Or oke of 〈◊〉 Chap. 〈◊〉 28. Or 〈◊〉 e As God is said to descend when he 〈◊〉 some 〈◊〉 of his presence so he is said to ascende when the vision is ended f The Ebrewe worde 〈◊〉 as much 〈◊〉 as one 〈◊〉 go from 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is taken 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a days 〈◊〉 g The anciens fa thers vsed this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 their hope the resurrection to come whiche was not general ly 〈◊〉 h This teacheth that the fathers were not chosen for their merites out by Gods one ly mercies whose election by their 〈◊〉 was not changed Chap. 48. 7. Chap. 25. 8. a This genealogie declareth that 〈◊〉 was 〈◊〉 sed 〈◊〉 and that his fathers blessing toke place inworldelie thyngs b Besides those Wiues Whereof is spoken Chap. 26. 34. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 29. c 〈◊〉 appeareth Gods 〈◊〉 which cau seth the wicked to giue place to the 〈◊〉 that Iaakob might en ioye Canaan according to Gods promes Iosh. 24. 4. “ Or the Edomites 1. Chro. 1. 35. Or 〈◊〉 Or 〈◊〉 Or chief men d If Gods promes be so sure 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 whiche are not of 〈◊〉 housholde how muche more wil he performe the same to vs “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or nephewes 1. Chro. 1. 38. e Before 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 did there in habit f Who not contented 〈◊〉 hose 〈◊〉 of beasles which God had 〈◊〉 foūd 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of mules 〈◊〉 wene the asse and the mare g The wicked 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sodenly to honour perish as quickely but the inheritāce of the children of God continneth euer Psal. 101. 28. h Whiche citie is by the riuer Euphrates Or nere i Of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 a That is the sto rie of such things as came to hym and his familie as chap. 5. 1. “ Or slander b He complained of the euil wordes and 〈◊〉 which thei spake and did againste hym “ Or pieces c God reueiled to him by a drea me what 〈◊〉 come to passe d The more that GOD she 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ble to his the mo re 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 malice of the wicked rage against them e Not despising the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 se 〈◊〉 to appease his brethren “ Or kepte 〈◊〉 f He knewe that God was 〈◊〉 of the dreame 〈◊〉 hevnder stode 〈◊〉 the meaning g Thy holy 〈◊〉 couereth no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as do vaine writers 〈◊〉 make vice vertue “ Or masler of dreames Chap. 42. 22. †Ebr. let vs not smite his life h Their 〈◊〉 appeareth in this that thei fea red man more then God and thoght it was not murther if they shed not his blood or els had an excuse to couer their 〈◊〉 VVisd 10. 13. Psal. 105. 17. i Moses writing according 〈◊〉 the opinion of them whiche toke the 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 one doeth here confounde their names 〈◊〉 as also appeareth vers 36. and chap. 30. 〈◊〉 or els he was 〈◊〉 offred to the Mi dianites but sold to the Is 〈◊〉 k To wit the messengers whi che were 〈◊〉 Chap. 41. 〈◊〉 “ Or I wil mour 〈◊〉 for hym so long as I liue l VVhich worde doeth not alway signifie him that is gelded but also him that is in some hygh dignitie “ Or captaine of the garde a Moses describeth the genealo gie of Iudah because the 〈◊〉 shulde come of him b VVhiche affinitie not withstan ding was condē ned of God 1. Chro. 2. 3. Nomb. 26. 9. Nom. 26. 19. c This ordre was for the preseruatiō of the stocke that the child begotten by the seconde brother shulde haue the first whiche is in the newe 〈◊〉 abolished d For she colde mary in any other familie so longe as Iudah wolde reteyne her in his †Ebr. was comforted “ Or in the dore of the foil 〈◊〉 or where were two waies e God had won derfully blinded him that he cold not knowe her by her talke “ Or tyre of thine head f That his wicked nes might not be knowen to others †Ebr. in contēp g He feareth mā more then God h We se that the lawe which was writen in manheart taught thē that whoredome shulde be punished with deathe albeit no lawe as yet was giue i That is she ought rather to accuse me then I her k For the horrour of the sinne condēned him l Their 〈◊〉 sinne was signified by this mon struous birth m Or the separa tion betwene thee and thy bro ther. 1. 〈◊〉 2. 4. Mat. 1. 3. a Read chapter 37. 36. b The fauour of God is the founteine of all prosperite c Because God prospered him and so he made religion to serue his profite d The wicked are blessed by the companie of the
God had ap 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 shuld be 〈◊〉 oyed made the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 Chap. 7. 1. g Some read For 〈◊〉 an shal be in steade of the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 to come out in the siege against thee a This Lawe declareth 〈◊〉 hor rible a thing mur ther is 〈◊〉 that for one man a whole 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 punished except a remedy be founde “ Or rough b 〈◊〉 blood 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a so 〈◊〉 place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 make 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the fact c This was the 〈◊〉 whiche the Priests made in the audience of the people d Signifying that her former life must be changed 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 be ioyned to the people of God e As hauing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and countrey f This onely was permitted in the 〈◊〉 otherwise the 〈◊〉 colde not mary strangers g This declareth that the 〈◊〉 of wiues 〈◊〉 of a corrupt affection “ Or while the sonne of the hated liueth h As muche as to 〈◊〉 of the others i Except he be vnworthy as was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 k For it is the mothers 〈◊〉 also to instruct her children l Which death was also appoin ted for 〈◊〉 and idolaters so that to disobey the parents is moste horrible m For Gods Lawe by his death is satisfied and 〈◊〉 abhorreth 〈◊〉 Gal. 3. 13. Exod. 23. 4. a As thogh thou sawest it not b Shewing the brotherly affection must be shewed not one ly to them that dwel 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnto vs but also to them which are 〈◊〉 c Muche more art thou bounde to do for thy neighbours 〈◊〉 d For that were to 〈◊〉 ordre of nature to despite God e If God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 done to li I birdes 〈◊〉 muche more 〈◊〉 man made accor ding to his images f The 〈◊〉 of this 〈◊〉 to walke in simpli 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 to be 〈◊〉 of newe 〈◊〉 Nomb. 〈◊〉 38. g That is be 〈◊〉 occasion that she is standred h Meaning the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of her 〈◊〉 were i For the 〈◊〉 of the childe re doundeth to the shame of the parents therefore he was recompenced when she 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Leuit. 20. 10. Or defiled “ Or no sinne worthy death k Meaning that the innocent 〈◊〉 not be punished Exod. 22. 16. l He shal not lye with his step mo ther meaning he reby allother de grees forbidden 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a Ether to bears office or to 〈◊〉 a wife b This was to cause them to liue chastely that their 〈◊〉 might not be reiected Nomb. 22. 5. Nehem. 13. 〈◊〉 c Hereby he con demneth all that further nor the children of God in their vocation d Thou shalt ha ue nothing to do with them e If the fathers haue 〈◊〉 their idolatrie and receiued 〈◊〉 f For the 〈◊〉 of nature g Meaning hereby that his peo ple shulde be pu 〈◊〉 he in soule and body h This is ment of the 〈◊〉 then who fled for their masters 〈◊〉 and imbraced the 〈◊〉 religion 〈◊〉 gates i Forbidding he reby that anie gaine gotten of 〈◊〉 things shulde be applied to the 〈◊〉 of God Mic. 1. 7. Exod. 22. 25. Leu. 25. 36. k This was permitted for a time for the hardenes of their heart l If thou shewe thy charitie to thy 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 declare his loue toward thee m If the vowe be 〈◊〉 and godly n Being hiredfor to labour o To bring home to thine house 〈◊〉 12. 1. a Hereby God approueth not that light diuotcement but permitteth it to auoide further inconuenience Matth. 10. 7. b Seing that by dimitting her he iudged her to be vncleane and 〈◊〉 c That thei might learne to knowe one anothers cōditions so after warde liue in godly peace d Nor aniething whereby a man 〈◊〉 his liuing 〈◊〉 13. 2 Nomb. 12. 10. e As thogh thou woldest appoint what to haue but shalt receiue what he may 〈◊〉 f Thogh he 〈◊〉 de be vnthankeful yet God wil not forget it Leui. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Tob. 4. 〈◊〉 2. King 4. 〈◊〉 2. Chro. 25. 4. 〈◊〉 31. 29. Ezech. 18. 20. g Because the world did least esteme these sortes of people the refore God hathe moste care ouer them Leu. 19. 9. 23. 22. “ Or gatherest thine oliues “ Or the grapes of thy vineyarde h God iudged then not mindeful of his benefite except they were beneficial vnto others a Whether 〈◊〉 be a plaintife or none the magistrates ought to trie out fautes punishe according to the crim b When 〈◊〉 me 〈◊〉 not death c The iewes of 〈◊〉 after ward toke one awaie 2. Cor. 11. 24. 2. Cor. 9 9. 1. Tim. 5. 18. Ruth 4. 3. Matt. 22. 24. Mar. 12. 19. 〈◊〉 20. 27. d Because 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 worde signifieth not the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and the Worlde 〈◊〉 signifieth a bro her is taken also for a kinseman it semeth that it is not 〈◊〉 that the naturall brother shuld ma 〈◊〉 his brothers wif but some other of the kinred that was in that degre which might mary e This 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that god ly 〈◊〉 fastnes be preserued 〈◊〉 It is an horrible thing to se a wo man pasis hame †Ebr. 〈◊〉 and stone †Ebr. 〈◊〉 and ephah read Exod. 16. 36. Exod. 17. 〈◊〉 f This was parte ly accōplished by Saul about 450. yeres afterward a By this ceremo mie they acknow ledge that they receiued the lād of Canáan as fre gift of God b To be called vpon seruer and worshipped spiritually Chap. 12. 5. c Meaning Iaakob who 〈◊〉 20 yeres in Sytia d Onely by 〈◊〉 mercie and not by their fathers desernings e Alledging the promises made to our fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakob f In token of a thankful heart and mindful of this 〈◊〉 g 〈◊〉 thai God giueth vs not goods for curselues onely but for their vses also which are 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 charge h without hypo crisie Chap. 14. 27. i Of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 k Or for 〈◊〉 cessitie l By putting thē to anie prophane vse m As farre as my sinneful nature wolde suffer for els as Dauid and Paul say where is not one iust Psal. 14. 4. Rom. 3. 10. n with a good and simple conscience Chap. 7. 6. 14. 2. o 〈◊〉 that there is a mutual bonde betwene God and his peo ple. Chap 4. 7. Chap. 7. 6. 〈◊〉 13. 11. a As Gods minister and charged with the same b God wolde that his Law shul de be set vp in the 〈◊〉 of the land of Caná an hat all that loked thereon might knowe that the landwas dedicate to his seruice Exod. 20. 25. Iosh 8. 31. c The altar shul de not be curiously wroght because it shulde 〈◊〉 we but for a time for God wolde haue but one altar in Iudáh d That euerie one may wel read it and vnder stand it e This condition God hathe boun de theevnto that if thou wilt be his people thou must kepe his Lawes f Meaning Ephráim and 〈◊〉 g Signifying that if they wolde not obey God for loue they shulde
had none occasion to be suche a sinner as they accused him e Being ashamed of their lightnes and afraied of my grauitie f Acknowledging my wisdome g All that heard me praised me h Testifying that I did good 〈◊〉 i Because his 〈◊〉 saries did so much charge him with wickednes he is 〈◊〉 to rendre a 〈◊〉 of hys 〈◊〉 k That is I did sue cour him that was in destresse and so he had cause to 〈◊〉 me l I delited to do iustice as others did to 〈◊〉 costely 〈◊〉 m 〈◊〉 is at home in my be 〈◊〉 without all trouble 〈◊〉 n My 〈◊〉 doeth increase o That 〈◊〉 was pleasant vnto thē p As the drye grounde 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 q That is they 〈◊〉 it not to be a 〈◊〉 or they thoght not that I wold condescend vnto them r They were afraied to offende me and 〈◊〉 me to be 〈◊〉 s I had them at cō 〈◊〉 a That is mine 〈◊〉 is changed and where as before the ancient men were glad to do me 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the yong mē now 〈◊〉 me b Meaning to be my shepherdes or to kepe my dogges c That is their fathers dyed for famine 〈◊〉 they came to age “ Or 〈◊〉 d Iob sheweth that these that mocked him 〈◊〉 his affliction were like to their fathers wicked and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 suche as he here 〈◊〉 e They 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of me and mocke at my miserie f God hathe taken from me 〈◊〉 force credit and auto itie wherewit I kept them in subiection g He said that the yong men when they saw him hid thē 〈◊〉 as chap. 29. 8. and now in his miserie they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 licencious h That is they soght by all meanes how they might 〈◊〉 me i They nede none to helpe them k By my calamitie they toke an occasion 〈◊〉 me l My life 〈◊〉 me and I am as halfe dead m Meaning sorowe n That is God hathe broght 〈◊〉 into contempt o He speaketh not thus to accuse God hut to declare 〈◊〉 of his afflictionwhereby he was 〈◊〉 beside him self p He compare h his 〈◊〉 to a tempest or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 †Or wisdome or Law q None cā deliuer me thence thogh thei lament at my death r Instead of comforting they mocked at me s Not deliting in anie worldely thing no not so much as in the vse of the sunne t Lamenting thē that were in affliction and mouing others to 〈◊〉 thē u I am like the wilde beasts that desire muste 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 x VVith the heat of affliction a I kept mine eyes from all wanton lokes b VVold not God then haue punished me c Iob declareth that the feare of God was a bridell to stay him from all wickednes d He sheweth wherein his vprightnes standeth that is in as much as he was blameles before men 〈◊〉 not agaīst the second table e That is hath accomplished the 〈◊〉 of mine eye f According to the curse of the Law Deut. 28. 33. g Let her be made a 〈◊〉 h He sheweth that albeit mā neglect the punishement of adulterie yet the wrath of God will neuer cease till suche be destroyed i Whē thei thoght them selues euyll intreated by me k If I had oppressed others how shuld I haue escaped Gods iudgement l He was moued to shewe pirie vnto seruants because they were Gods creatures as he was m By lōg waiting for her request n He nourished the fatherles and mainteined the widowes cause o To oppresse him and do hym 〈◊〉 p Let me 〈◊〉 in pieces q I refrained not from sinning for feare of men but because I feared God r If I was proude of my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 whiche is 〈◊〉 by the shining of the sunne and brightnes of the moone s If mine owne doings delued me t By putting confidence in anye thing but in hym alone u My 〈◊〉 moued me to be 〈◊〉 ged of mine enemie yet did I neuer wil he him hurt x And not confessed it frely wherby it is 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 him selfe before men and not before God y That is I reuerenced the 〈◊〉 weake and contemned and was 〈◊〉 to offende them z I suffred thē to speake euill of me and went not out of my house to reuenge 〈◊〉 a This is a 〈◊〉 token 〈◊〉 my righteousnes that god is my 〈◊〉 and wil iustifie my cause b Shulde not this boke 〈◊〉 his accusa tions be a praise condemnation to me c I wil make him a counte of all my 〈◊〉 without 〈◊〉 d As thogh I had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wages that labored in it e 〈◊〉 that he was no 〈◊〉 nor 〈◊〉 f That is the talke 〈◊〉 he had with his 〈◊〉 friends †Ebr. was iuste in his owne eyes a VVhich came of Buz the sonne of Nahor Abrahams brother b Or as the Chalde paraphrast 〈◊〉 Abram c By making him self innocent and by charging God of 〈◊〉 d That is the thre 〈◊〉 before e Meaning the an cient which haue experience f It is a special gift of God that man hathe vnder standing and cometh nether of na ture norby age g To proue that 〈◊〉 affliction came for his sinnes h And flatter your selues as thogh you had ouercome him i To Wit Iob. k He vseth almost the like 〈◊〉 but without tanting and reproches l I haue conceiued in my minde great store of reasons m I wil nether ha ue regarde to riches credit nor au 〈◊〉 but wil speake the verie trueth n The Ebrew worde signifieth to change the name as o call a foole a wise man meaning that he wolde not cloke the 〈◊〉 to flatter men Chap. XXXIII a I confesse the power of God and am one of his therefore thou ough rest to heare me b Because Iob had wished to dispute his cause with God Chap. 16. 〈◊〉 so that he might do it without feare Elihu sayth he wil reasō in Gods stead whome he nedeth not to fea re because he is a man made of the 〈◊〉 matter that he is c I wil not handle thee so throughly these other haue done d He repeate 〈◊〉 Iobs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eby heprotested his 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 places but specially in the 13. 36. and. 30. 〈◊〉 e The cause of his iudgements is not al ways 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 f Thogh God by sondrie examples of his iudgements 〈◊〉 vnto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the reason there of is not knowen yea thogh God shulde speake yet he is not vnderstand g God saith he spaketh commune ly ether by 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 vs the cause of his iudge ments or els by afflictions or by his 〈◊〉 h That is 〈◊〉 ned to send vpon them i He sheweth for what end God sen deth 〈◊〉 to beat downe 〈◊〉 and to 〈◊〉 from euil k That is his pain ful and 〈◊〉 life l To them that shal burie him m A man sent of God to declare his wil. n A singular man and as one chosen out of a thousand which is able to declare the great
inconuenient time to seke helpe which was whē he was in 〈◊〉 c He sheweth for the the fiure of hisloue in calling vpon him confes sing him to be 〈◊〉 merci ul to help them that are 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 de and counsel d which was vn 〈◊〉 before now rest vpō the Lord for he hath bene beneficial towards thee e The Lord wil 〈◊〉 me and saue my 〈◊〉 f I felt all these things and there fore was moued by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 confesse them 2. Cor. 4 13. g In my great di stresse I thoght God wolde not regarde man which is but lies and vanitie yet I ouercame this 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and felt the contrarie h In the Law thei vsed to make a a banket when they gaue solēne thankes to God and to take the cup drinke in signe of thankesgiuing i I perceiue that God hathe a 〈◊〉 ouer his so 〈◊〉 he bothe disposeth their death and taketh an 〈◊〉 k I wil thanke him for his benefites for that is 〈◊〉 payement to confesse that we owe all to God Rom. 15 11. a That is the moste certeine cōtinual testimo nies of his Father lie grace a Because Godby creating Dauid King shewed his 〈◊〉 toward his afflicted Church the Prophet doeth not onely him self thanke God but exhorteth all the people to do the same b VVe are here taught that the more that troubles oppresse vs the more ought we to be instant in prayer c Being exalted to this estate he assured him selfe to haue mā euer to be his enemie Yethe douted not but God wolde mainteine him because he had placed him d He sheweth that he had trusted in vaine if he had put his confidence in man to haue bene prefer red to the kingdome and therefore he put his trust in God and obteined e He noteth Saul his chief enemie f In that he was 〈◊〉 it came not of him selfe nor of the power of man but onely 〈◊〉 Gods fauour therefore he wil praise him g He promiseth bothe to 〈◊〉 graces him self to cause others to do the same be cause that in his persone the Church was restored h So that all that are bothe farre nere maye se his mightie power i He willeth the dores of the Tabernacle to be opened that he maye declare his thankeful minde Isa. 〈◊〉 16. k Thogh Saul the chief powers refused me to be King yet GOD hathe preferred me aboue thē all Mat. 21 41. l wherein GOD hathe shewed chiefly his mercie by appointing me King and deliuering his Church Act 4 〈◊〉 Rom 9 33. 〈◊〉 pet 2 6. m The people praie for the pro speritie of Dauids kingdome who was the figure of Christ. n VVhich are the priests and haue the charge thereof as Nomb. 6 23 o Because he hathe restored vs from darkenes to light we wil offer sacrifices and praises vnto him a Here they are not called blessed whiche thinke them selues wise in their owne iudgement nor which imagine to them selues a certeine holines but they whose 〈◊〉 is without hypocrisie b For they are 〈◊〉 led by Gods Spirit and imbrace no doctrine but his c Dauid acknow ledgeth his imperfection desiring God to refor me it that his 〈◊〉 maye be conformable to Gods worde d For 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in seruīg God without hypocrisie e That is thy pre cepts which conteine 〈◊〉 righ teousnes f He refuseth not to be tryed by 〈◊〉 but he feareth to faint if God succor not his 〈◊〉 in time a Because youth is most giuen to licenciousnes he chiefly 〈◊〉 them to frame their liues 〈◊〉 to Gods worde b If God 's ' worde be grauen in 〈◊〉 heartes we shal be more able to resist the assaltes of 〈◊〉 there fore the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God to instruct him daiely more more therein c The Propher doeth not boast of his vermes but setteth for the an example for others to followe Gods worde and leaue wordelie vanities a 〈◊〉 she weth that we ought not to desire to liue but to 〈◊〉 God and that we can not serue him aright except he open our eyes and mindes b Seing mans life in this worlde is but a passage what shulde become of him if thy worde were not his guide c In allages thou hast plagued all suche which 〈◊〉 and con tempteously departe frome thy trueth d VVhē the pow ers of the world gaue false senten ce agaynste me thy worde 〈◊〉 a guide and coun seler to teach me what to do and to comfort me a That is it is almost broght to the graue and without thy worde I can not liue b I haue confessed mine offences and now depend wholly on thee c If God did not mainteine vs by his word our life wolde drop away like water d Instruct me in thy worde wher by my minde maye be purged from vanitie ād taught to obey thy wil. e By this he shew eth that we can nether chose good cleaue to Gods worde not runne forwarde in his waye exceptehe make our heartes large to receiue his grace and willyng to obey a He sheweth that he can not follow on to the end excepte God teache him ofte times and leade him forwarde b Not onelye in out ward cōuersation but also with inwarde affection c Hereby meaning al other vices because that couetousnes is the rote of all euil e Let me not fall to thy dis honour but let mine heart still 〈◊〉 thy gracious worde f Giue me strength to continue in thy worde euen to the end a He sheweth that Gods mercie and loue is the firste 〈◊〉 of our saluacion d Meanyng all his senses b By 〈◊〉 in Gods worde he assureth him selfe to be able to confute the sclanders of his aduersaries c They that simply walke after Gods worde haue no lets to intangle them where as they that do contrary are euer in nets and snares d He sheweth that the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 not to suffer their Fa 〈◊〉 glorie to be 〈◊〉 by the vaine pompe of princes a Thogh he fele Gods hand stil to lie vpon him yet he resteth on hys promes and comforteth him selfe therein b Meanyng the wicked whiche contemne Gods worde ād tread hys religion vnder 〈◊〉 c That is the examples whereby thou declarest thy self to be iudge of thy world d That is a vehemēt zeale to thy glorie and indignacion against the wicked e In the course of this life and sorowful exile f Euen when other slepe g That is al these benefites a I am persuaded that to kepe 〈◊〉 Law is an 〈◊〉 and greate game for me b He sheweth that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the worde of God except he consider his own imperfections ād wayes c They haue gone aboute to drawe we into their 〈◊〉 d Not onelye in mutual consent but also with aide and succour e For the knowledge of Goddes worde is a singu lar token of hys fauour a Hauing proued by experience that God was true in his promes he desireth
preaching and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the same whiche is cōmitted to the 〈◊〉 l And reprehensions when the word is preached bring vs to life m 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lokes and 〈◊〉 n Meaning that she will neuer cease til she haue 〈◊〉 to beg gerie and thē seke thy destruction o He approueth not theft but shew eth that it is not so abominable 〈◊〉 whoredome forasmuche as 〈◊〉 might be redemed but 〈◊〉 was a perpetual infamie and death by the Law of God p Meaning 〈◊〉 very 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 faileth in heart q That is death ap pointed by the Law r He sheweth that man by 〈◊〉 seketh his death that hathe abused his wife and so concludeth that nether Gods Law nor the Lawe of nature admitteth 〈◊〉 raunsome for the adulterie a By this diuer sitie of wordes he meaneth that nothing ought to be so dere vnto vs as the word of God not that we loke on any thing more nor minde any thing so muche b Salomon vseth this 〈◊〉 to de clare their 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 thē selues to be abused by 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 that there was almost none so 〈◊〉 but they were afraid to be sene also their owne cō 〈◊〉 did accuse thē 〈◊〉 caused them to seke the night to couer their filthines “ Or garment “ Or 〈◊〉 d He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 on s whiche are peculiar to 〈◊〉 †Ebr. she strengthened her face e Because that in peace offrings a portion returned to them that 〈◊〉 she sheweth him that she hath meate at home 〈◊〉 make good there with or els she wolde vse some cloke of holines til she had gotten him in her 〈◊〉 f 〈◊〉 declareth that harlottes outwardly will seme holie religious both because they may the better deceiue others and also thinking by obseruing of ceremonies offrings to make 〈◊〉 for their sinnes “ Or 〈◊〉 work †Ebr. in his hand g 〈◊〉 thinking 〈◊〉 goeth to the 〈◊〉 goeth 〈◊〉 to his owne destruction h 〈◊〉 goeth 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 that he shal be 〈◊〉 †〈◊〉 it is for hys life i Nether wit nor 〈◊〉 can 〈◊〉 them that fall into the hands of the harlot Chap. 2. 18. Chap. 1. 20. a Salomon declareth that man is cause of his owne 〈◊〉 and that he can 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for asmuche as God calleth to all men by his worde and by his workes to follow vertue and to 〈◊〉 from vice b 〈◊〉 the people did moste resort and whiche was the place of iustice c Meaning 〈◊〉 the worde of God is easie vnto all that haue a 〈◊〉 vnto it and which are 〈◊〉 blinded by the prince of this worlde d That is excepte a man haue wisdome whiche is the true knowledge of God he can nether be prudent nor good counseller e So that he that doeth not hate euil feareth not God f VVhereby he declareth that honors dignitie or riches come not of mans wisdome or industrie but by the preuidence of God g That is studie the worde of God diligently with a 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 h Signifying that he chiefly meaneth the spiritual treasures and heauenlie riches i For there can be no true iustice or iudgemēt whiche is not directed by this wisdome k He declareth hereby the diuinitie and 〈◊〉 of this wisdome which he 〈◊〉 and praiseth through this boke meaning thereby the eternal Sonne of God Iesus 〈◊〉 our Sauiour whome S. Iohn calleth the worde that was in the beginning Iohn 1. 1. l He declareth the eternitie of the Sonne of GOD whiche is ment by this worde VVisdome who was before all time euer present with the Father m Some read a chief worker signifying that this VVisdome euen Christ Iesus was equal whiche God his Father created preserued and stil worketh with him as Ioh. 〈◊〉 n VVhereby is declared that the 〈◊〉 of the crea tion was no peine but a solace vnto the wisdome of God o By earth he mea neth man wh ch is the worke of God in whome wisdome toke pleasure in so mu che as for mans sake the Diuine wisdome toke mans nature and dwelt among vs and filled vs with vnspeakeable trea sures and this is that solace and passe time whereof is here spokē Chap. 〈◊〉 a Christ hathe pre 〈◊〉 him a Church b That is many chief staies 〈◊〉 cipal partes of his Church as were the 〈◊〉 Prophetes Apostles Pastors Doctors c He compareth wisdome with great princes that kepe open house for all that come d Meaning true preaches which are not infected with mans wisdo me e He that knoweth his owne ignorance and is voide of 〈◊〉 f By the meat and drinke is ment the worde of God and the ministration of the sacraments whereby God nourisheth his seruants in his house which is the Church g For the wicked wil 〈◊〉 him and labour todiffa me him h Meaning them that are incorrigi gible which calleth doge and swinei or he speaketh this in comparison not that the wicked shuld not be rebuked he sheweth their malice and the smale hope of pro 〈◊〉 i He sheweth what true vnderstanding is to know the wil of God in his worde which is ment by holie things k Thous halt haue the chief 〈◊〉 comodite thereof l By the foolish woman 〈◊〉 vnderstand the wicked preachers who 〈◊〉 the worde of God as appeareth vers 16 which were the wordes of the true preachers as vers 42. but theirs doctrine is but as stollen waters meaning that they are but mens traditions which at more pleasant to the flesh then the worde of GOD and therefore they them selues boast thereof Chap. 15. 20. a This is wicked ly gotten b Thogh he 〈◊〉 the iuste to 〈◊〉 for a time yet 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 him comforte in 〈◊〉 season Or 〈◊〉 c TVhen their 〈◊〉 kednes shal be discouered thei shal be as 〈◊〉 and not knowe what to say d Shal be vile and 〈◊〉 bothe of God and man con 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 owne expectation which thinke to make their name immortal “ Or surely Ebr lippes e He that 〈◊〉 a faire countenance and 〈◊〉 mischief in his 〈◊〉 as Chap 6 〈◊〉 f For the 〈◊〉 of his heart is knowen by his talke 1. Cor. 13 4. 1. 〈◊〉 4. 8. g That is God 〈◊〉 finde him out 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him h And somaketh him bolde to do 〈◊〉 where as 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the poore from manie euil things i For they speake trueth and 〈◊〉 manie by 〈◊〉 tions ad nonition and 〈◊〉 k Meaning that all 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 things bring care and sorew where as they that feele the blessings of God haue 〈◊〉 l He is but a trou ble and grief to him that setteth him about anie busines m The time of their prosperitie s halbe short because of their great fall thogh thei seme to liue long n They 〈◊〉 in this life by 〈◊〉 hope their euer lasting life a Vnder this worde he 〈◊〉 all false weights measures and deceit †Ebr. 〈◊〉 b VVhen man forgetteth him
and 〈◊〉 ād put on the apparel of ioye and gladnes c The Babylonians paied 〈◊〉 to me for you therefore I will take you againe without 〈◊〉 d VVhen Iaakob went thether in time of 〈◊〉 e The Egyptians myght 〈◊〉 some 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 op presse my people because they went thether ād remained amōg them but the As 〈◊〉 haue no title to excuse their tyrānie by and therfore wil I punis he them more them I did the Egyptians f To wit by the wicked whiche thinke that I haue no power to deliuer them g 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 ād good tidings of their deliurance shuld make their affliction in the mea ne time more ea sy but this is chie fly ment of the spiritual ioye as Nah. 1. 15. h The Prophetes whiche are thy watchmen shal publish this thy deliurance this was 〈◊〉 vnder zerubbabél Ezra ād Nehemiah but was accomplyshed vnder Christ. Rom. 10. 〈◊〉 k He warneth the faithfull not to pollute them selues with the superstitions of the Babylonians as Chap. 48. 20. 2 Cor. 6. 7. l For the time is at 〈◊〉 that the 〈◊〉 and Leuites chiefly and so by them all the people which shal be as 〈◊〉 in this of office shal cary home the vessels of the Temple which N 〈◊〉 had taken awaye m As your fathers did out of E 〈◊〉 n Meanyng Christ by 〈◊〉 our spiritual deliurance shulde be 〈◊〉 whereof this was a figure i As ready to smite hysennemies and to deliuer his people o In the corrupt 〈◊〉 of man Christ in his persone was not estemed p He shall sp ead his worde through manie nations q In signe of 〈◊〉 and as beyng aslonis hed at his excellencie r By the preachyng of the Gospel a The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that ve rie fewe shal receiue this their preachynge of Christ of their deliuerance by him Ioh. 〈◊〉 38. b Meanyng that none can beleue but whose heartes God 〈◊〉 with the vertue of his holie spirit c The beginning of Christs kingdome shal be smale and contē ptible ī the sight of mā but it shal growe wonderfully and florish before God d Read Chap 11. 〈◊〉 Rom. 〈◊〉 16. e VVhich was by gods singular pro uidence for the comforte of sinners Ebr. 4. 〈◊〉 f That is the punis hment due to our sinnes for the whiche he hath both suffred and made satisfa ction Mat. 8. 17. 1. pet 2. 24. g VVe iudge euil thinking that he was punished for his owne sin nes and not for 〈◊〉 h He was chastised for our recon ciliation 1. Cor. 15 〈◊〉 i Meaning the punishemnt of our 〈◊〉 not the 〈◊〉 it self k But willingly paciently obey ed his fathers appointement Mat 26 63. act 8 〈◊〉 l From the crosse and graue after that he was con demned m Thogh he dyed for 〈◊〉 yet after his resurrectiō he shal liue for euer and this his death is to restore life to his mem bers Rom. 6 9. n God the Father deliuer dhim into the hands of the wicked and to the powers of the worlde to do with him what hev wolde o Christ by off 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him self shal giue life to his Church and so cause them to liue with him for euer p That is the frut and effect of his labour which is the saluacion of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 iustifie by faith through is worde where as Moses colde not 〈◊〉 by the Lawe r 〈◊〉 be humbled him self therefore 〈◊〉 shal be 〈◊〉 to glorie 〈◊〉 2 7. s 〈◊〉 is in all that beleue in him a After that he hathe declared the death of Christ he speaketh to the Church because it shulde fele the frute of the same calleth her barē because that 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 she was as a widdowe without hope to haue anie children b The Church in this her affliction captiuitie 〈◊〉 bring forth mo children then when she was at 〈◊〉 or this may he spok n by 〈◊〉 cōsidering the great nomber that shul de come of her Her deliuerance vnder Cyrus was as 〈◊〉 childe he de therefore this was accōplished when she came to her age whiche was vnder the Gospel c Signifying that for the great 〈◊〉 ber of children that God shulde gvue her she shulde seme to lacke roume to lodge them d The afflictions whiche thou suf fred at the begin 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap 50. 1. f That did 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thee by his holy 〈◊〉 g His glorie 〈◊〉 al 〈◊〉 through the whole worlde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to be shut vp in 〈◊〉 h As a wife which wast 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thy you h. i As sure as the promes that I made to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 shulde no more 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 earth k 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 te of the Church vnder 〈◊〉 l By the hearing of 〈◊〉 worde and in ward 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 m In 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 so that it shal 〈◊〉 for euer Or 〈◊〉 or pea 〈◊〉 o Meaning the domestical enemies of the Chu ch as 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 〈◊〉 ing hereby that man can do nothing but so 〈◊〉 as God giueth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 seing that all are his 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 nedes gouerne and guide them n And therefore shal not preuaile a Christ by proposing his graces and 〈◊〉 to his Church 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 which are 〈◊〉 with their imagined 〈◊〉 the Epicures which areful with their worldelie lusts and so thirst not after these waters b Signifying that Gods 〈◊〉 can 〈◊〉 be boght for 〈◊〉 c By 〈◊〉 wine milke bread he meaneth all things necessarie to the 〈◊〉 life as these are necessarie to this corporal life d He reproueth their ingratitude which refuse tho se things that God off eth wil lingly and in the meane time spare nether cost 〈◊〉 labour to obteine those which are nothing profitable e You shal be fed abundantly f The same couenant whiche through my mer cie I ratified and confirmed to Da uid that it shulde be eternal 2. Sam 7 13. act 13 34. g Meaning Christ of whom Dauid was a figure h To wit the Gē tiles whiche before thou 〈◊〉 not receiue to be thy people i When he offreth him self by the preaching of his worde k Hereby he shew eth that repentā ce mustbe ioyned with faith and how we can not call vpon God aright except the frutes of ourfaith appeare l Althogh you are not sone reconciled one to another and iudge me by your selues yet I am most easie to be reconciled yea I offer my mercies to you m If these smale things haue their effect as daiely 〈◊〉 muche more shal my promes which I haue made and cōhrmed bring to passe the thing which I haue spoken for your deliuerance n Read Chap 44 2 49 1. o To set forth his glorie p Of Gods deliuerance and that the wil neuer 〈◊〉 his Church a God sheweth what erequireth of thē after that he hath deliuered 〈◊〉 wit the workes of 〈◊〉 whereby 〈◊〉 saith is
to be diligent to espie fautes to trippe one in h Which is the self same worde but 〈◊〉 called 〈◊〉 because 〈◊〉 preache it Chap. 11. 16. Matt. 10. 24. Matth. 24. 9. i But shulde haue semed to be innocent if I had not discouered their malice k In that they 〈◊〉 Christ 〈◊〉 taketh frō them all excuse where 〈◊〉 they wolde haue iustified thē selues as if they had bene very holie ād without all sinne Psal. 35. 19. l That is in the holie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 14 26. 〈◊〉 24. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a And so shrinke from me †Greke put you out of the Synagogues b He bare with thē because they were but weakelings c For if you did cōsider 〈◊〉 wold reioyce d Or conu 〈◊〉 This is to be vnderstand of the comming of the holie Gost when his vertue and strength shal shine in the 〈◊〉 e His enemies which contēned him and put him to death shal be 〈◊〉 by their owne conscience for that they did not beleue 〈◊〉 him Act. 2. 37 shall know that with our Iesus Christ there is nothing but sinne f Wherefore the W 〈◊〉 must nedes confesse that he was iuste and beloued of his Father and not condemned by him as a blasphemer or 〈◊〉 g When they shal knowe that I whome they called the carpen 〈◊〉 sonne and willed to come downe from the crosse am theve rie Sonne of God which haue ouer come all the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of hel and reigne ouer all h These things are conteined in the doctrine of the Apostles which onely is sufficient i As touching the spiritual kingdome of God for the Apo stles knewe 〈◊〉 that til after the resurrection k Mine absence 〈◊〉 not be long for 〈◊〉 wil send you the holie Gost who shal remaine with you for euer l From death I passe to glorie so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in due you with mine heauenlie vertue 2. Cor. 10. 12. ephe 1. 19. m By thepower and vertue of the 〈◊〉 Gost. n For it shal be grounded vpon my resurrection the grace of the holie Gost. o For ye shal haue perfect knowledge and shal no more 〈◊〉 as you were wont Chap. 14. 13. p In respect of that that you shal 〈◊〉 if you aske in faith Mat. 7. 7. 21. 22. 〈◊〉 11. 24. Luk. 〈◊〉 9. Iam 1. 5. q Christ denieth not that he is the mediator but 〈◊〉 that they shal obteine their requests without difficultie or any paine Chap 17. 8. Matth. 26. 37. Mark 14. 27. r Althogh men forsake Christ yet is 〈◊〉 whit diminished for he and his Father are one s We haue rest and comfort whē we 〈◊〉 are truely graffed in Christ. Mat. 28. 8. a Christ hathe all rule and dominion ouer men b Which are the elect c That is that thei acknowledge bothe the Father and the Son ne to be verie God d Aswel by doctrine as miracles e Our election standeth in the good pleasure of God which is the onelie funda tion and cause of our saluation 〈◊〉 is declared to vs in Christ 〈◊〉 whome we are iustified by faith and sanctified Rom. 8. 39. Ephes. 1. 4. f That is the reprobate Chap. 16. 27. g That they may be ioyned in vni tie of faith and spirit h He was so called not onely for that he perished but because God had appointed ād ordeined him to this end i But are separate by the spirit of regeneration Act. 1. 16. 4. 27. Psal. 10. 9. 〈◊〉 “ Or consecrat them 〈◊〉 thy self k Rene we them with thine heauenlie grace that they onely may seke thy wil. l Which thing declareth that Christs holinesis ours m That the infideles may be experience be conuicted to confesse my glorie n I haue shewed 〈◊〉 the example and patron of perfect felicitie Chap. 12. 16. o That they maie profit ād growe vp in suche sort that in the end they may enioy the 〈◊〉 glorie with me p For without him we can not comprehēde the loue where with God loueth vs. 1. 〈◊〉 15. 13. a Which was a deepe valley through the which a streame ranne after a 〈◊〉 raine Matt. 26. 36. Mat. 14. 32. Luk. 22. 39. b The which he had obteined of the gouernour of the Temple Matth. 26. 47. 〈◊〉 14. 43. Luk. 22. 47. c He bothe 〈◊〉 their bodies and also saueth their soules Chap. 17. 12. Luk. 3. 2. d Who sent Christ vnto Caiaphas the high Priest bounde e Althogh this office was for ter me of life by Gods ordinance yet the ambition and 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 caused the Romaines 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 time to 〈◊〉 it either for briberie or fa uour Chap. 11. 50. Matth. 26. 38. Matth. 14. 54. Luk. 22. 〈◊〉 f That is 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 g After that Caiaphas had first sent him to 〈◊〉 Matth. 26. 57. 〈◊〉 14. 〈◊〉 Luk. 22. 〈◊〉 Mat. 27. 2. 〈◊〉 16. 15 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Act. 10. 28. 11. 3. h He spake this 〈◊〉 because they were so 〈◊〉 against 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they shul de say 〈◊〉 wilt not suffre vs to do 〈◊〉 for he knew hat 〈◊〉 was not 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 death 〈◊〉 20. 19 〈◊〉 27 11. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. Luk. 〈◊〉 31. k 〈◊〉 standeth not in strength of mē nor in world 〈◊〉 defence l This was a 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 question 〈◊〉 27. 15. m This was one of their blinde abuses for the Law of God gaue no 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 quite a wicked trespaser Mark 〈◊〉 6. Luk 2 27. Act. 〈◊〉 14. a He thoght to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the furie of the Iewes by some in 〈◊〉 correction Matth. 27. 〈◊〉 Mark 15 18. b He spake in 〈◊〉 i 〈◊〉 Christ called him 〈◊〉 King c Christ was in dede the 〈◊〉 of GOD and therefore might 〈◊〉 call him 〈◊〉 so without 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 wherefore then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was falsely applied d Hereby he 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 ought not to 〈◊〉 his office and 〈◊〉 e A place some what high and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vp f Which was midday 〈◊〉 27. 31. 〈◊〉 15 21. Luk. 23. 26. g Which was the place 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Because all 〈◊〉 might vnderstand it Mat. 27. 35. Mark 15. 14. Luke 23. 33 i That whiche was prefigured in Dauid was ac complished in Iesus Christ. 〈◊〉 22. 20. “ Or 〈◊〉 Psal. 68. 〈◊〉 k Or 〈◊〉 it vpon an hyssope stalke l It may appeare that the crosse was not hye seyng a man myght 〈◊〉 Christes mouthe with an hyssope stalke which as 〈◊〉 1. King 4. 33. Was the lowest 〈◊〉 herbes as the cedre was hyest amonges 〈◊〉 m Mans saluacion is perfected by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and all the ceremonies of the Lawe are ended n Because the dai of the Passeouer fel on the Sabbath day o 〈◊〉 declareth that he was dead in dede as he rose 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 death to life Exod. 12. 46. Nomb. 9. 12. 〈◊〉 12. 10. Mat. 27. 〈◊〉 Mark 〈◊〉 42. p That is to say 〈◊〉 Christes death but now he declareth him selfe manifestly Luk.
Philosophers called it the Law of natur re the lawers the law of nations whereof Moses Law is a plaine exposition “ or righteousnes b Or consent to 〈◊〉 which is the ful measure of all 〈◊〉 “ Or blamest a Nether they which do approue euil doers nor they which reproue them are excusable before God b For ether 〈◊〉 art giltie of the same faute or 〈◊〉 Mat. 7. 1. c For he iudgeth the hearte and regardeth not the outwarde persone 1. Cor. 4. 5. 2 Pet. 3. 13. 〈◊〉 3. 3. Psal. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 22. 2. 〈◊〉 16 7. d The wicked shal be condemned and the faith ful deliuered e The commune 〈◊〉 of men are moste vnable to be iustified by their workes seing Abraham thefather of beleuers hathe nothing to glorie of before God and therefore all mēs workes shal condemne them and they onely shal be saued which apprehende Iesus Christ by faith to be their onelie iustice sancticatiō f By the Grecian he vnderstandeth the Gentile and euerie one that is not a Iewe. Deut. 10. 17. 2 Chro. 〈◊〉 7. g As touching anie outwarde qualitie but as the porter before he make his vessels he doeth appoint some to glorie ād others to ignominie Iob. 37. 19. Act. 10. 34. Mat. 7. 〈◊〉 h That is without the knowled ge of the Law written which was giuen by Moses Iam. 1. 〈◊〉 i For mans conscience sheweth him whēhedoeth good or euil k He awaketh the Iewes which were a stepe through a certeine 〈◊〉 and confidence in the Law Chap. 9. 4. “ Or triest the things that dissent from it l The way to teache others in the knowledge of the trueth Isa. 52. 5. Eze. 36 20. 〈◊〉 m The end of circumcisiō was the keping of the Law ād the Sacrament separared from his end is of none effect “ Or condemne n When the Law is called the letter or that it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 death in vs or that it killeth or is the minister 〈◊〉 of death or that it is the strength of sinne it is ment as we cōsider the Law of it selfe without Christ. o In the inward man and heart 〈◊〉 1. 11. Chap. III. Chap. 9 5. 2. 〈◊〉 2 12. Psal. 〈◊〉 11. Psal. 〈◊〉 6. “ Or wordes Isa. 46 13. “ Or promes Iohn 〈◊〉 34. a That thou maist be declared 〈◊〉 thy good nes and trueth in performing thy promises may appeare when man ether of 〈◊〉 or arrogācie wolde iudge thy workes b He sheweth how the wicked do reason against God c Whose carnal wisdome wil not obey the will of God d Lest the Iewes shulde be pussed vp in that 〈◊〉 pre ferred them to the Gentiles he sheweth that this their preferment stāde h onely in the 〈◊〉 of God for 〈◊〉 as bothe 〈◊〉 and Gentil through sinne are subiect to Gods wrath that they might both be made equal in Christ. Gal. 3. 21. Psal. 14. 1. 〈◊〉 .4 Psal. 5. 10. Psal. 140. 4. Psal. 10. 7. Isai. 59. 7. Prouer. 1 16. Psal. 36. 1. Gal. 2. 17. e A peaceable innocent life f That is the olde 〈◊〉 g The Law doeth not make vs giltie but doeth declare that we are giltie before God and deserue condemnation h He meaneth the Iaw ether written or vn written which commendeth or forbideth any thing whose workes can not 〈◊〉 because we can not performe them Chap. 2. 17. i The worde signifieth them which are left be hinde in the race and are not able to runne to the marke that is to euer lasting life which here is cal led the 〈◊〉 of God k Or fidelitie in performing his promes l The Law of faith is the Gospel which offreth saluation with condition if thoube Ieuest which condition also Christ frely giueth to vs. So the condition of the Law is if thou doest 〈◊〉 these things the whiche onely Christ hathe fulfilled for vs. m Meaning that they are all insti fied by one meanes if they wil haue anie differē ce it onely standeth in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 n The doctrine of faith is the ornament of the Law for it embraceth Christ who by his death hath 〈◊〉 the Law so that the Law which colde not bring vs to saluation by reason of our owne corruption is now made 〈◊〉 to vs by Christ Iesus a That is by workes b He might 〈◊〉 de some merite or work worthie to be recompensed Gen. 15. 6. c 〈◊〉 by his workes Gal. 3. 6. Iam 2 23. d That depēdeth not on his workes nether thinketh to merit by them e Which maketh him that is wicked in him self iuste in Christ. Psal. 32. 1. f 〈◊〉 this excellent sacrament he comprehēdeth the whole Law Gen. 17. 11. g This may not be vnderstand of the 〈◊〉 of faith for thereof the Apostle doeth hereafter expressy intreat but of the faith it selfe h In fulfilling the workes thereof i And thinke to performe the same by workes k If it be requisit to fulfil the Law for him that shal be of Abrahams inheritance then it is in vaine to beleue the promes for it 〈◊〉 to no vse l Through our de 〈◊〉 and not of it self m That is no breache of commandement n Which beleue Gen. 17. 4. o By a spiritual kinred which God 〈◊〉 accepteth p Abraham be gate the circumci sed euen by the vertue of faith not by the power of nature which was extinguished so the Gentils which were nothing are called by the power of God to be of the nomber of the faithful Gene. 15. 5. q But moste strōg and 〈◊〉 r In that she was past childe bearing s For his mercie and trueth t For our 〈◊〉 for we shal be iustified by the same meanes u To accomplish make perfect our iustification a By peace here is ment that 〈◊〉 dible and moste constant ioye of minde persuaded of when we are deliuered frō all terror of cōscience and fully the fauour of God this peace is the frute of faith Ephes. 2 23. Iam. 1. 3. b For it hathe euer good sucesse c He meaneth that loue where with God loueth vs. Ebr. 9. 15. 1. Pet. 3. 18. d By this compa rison he amplifieth the death of Christ. c That is for suche one of whome he hathe recei 〈◊〉 good f Because of sinne yet friendes by the grace of Christ. g From Adam to Moses h He meaneth yong babes which nether had the knowledge of the Law of nature nor any mo tion of concupiscence muche Iesse cōmitted any actual sinne and this may also comprehend the Gentiles i Yet all mankinde as it were sinned when thei 〈◊〉 as yet inclo sed in Adames 〈◊〉 k Which was Christ. l For by Christ we are not onely deliuered from the sinnes of Adā but also from all such as we haue added thereunto m The iustice of Iesus Christ whichis īputed to the faithful n VVhich beleue to be saued in 〈◊〉 Christ. o The Lawe of Moses p That
whose name was also Israel g The Israelites must not be estemed by 〈◊〉 kinred but by the secret electiō of God which 〈◊〉 aboue the external vocation 1. Sam. 4. 21. Psal. 26. 8. Gen. 〈◊〉 12. Ebr. 11. 17. h As Ismael Gal. 4. 28. Gen. 18. 10. Gen. 25. 1. Gen. 25. 〈◊〉 Malac. 1. 2. Exod. 33. 19. i As the 〈◊〉 wil purpose of God is the chief cause of election 〈◊〉 so his fre mercie in Christ is an inferior cause of saluacion the har 〈◊〉 of the heart an 〈◊〉 cause of dānaciō k That is God in the Scripture Exod. 9. 16. Or speakest 〈◊〉 Isa. 45 9. 〈◊〉 28. 6. VVisd 15. 7. “ Or vnto honest vses Hose 2. 23. 1. Peter 1. 10. Hose 1. 10. Isa. 10. 21. l God wil make suche waste of that people that the sewe whiche shall remaine shal be a worke of his iustice ād shall set for the his glorie in his Churche m That is vtterly lost Isa. 1. 9. n Iesus Christ is to the infideles destruction and to the faythfull life and 〈◊〉 Isa. 8. 14. and 28. 16. 1. Peter 2. 6. Psal. 118. 22. 〈◊〉 a That is a certeine affectiō but not a true know ledge Gal. 3. 24. b The end of the Lawe is to iustifie them whiche obserue it therefore Christe hauyng fulfilled it for vs is made our iustice sancti fication c. Lcui 〈◊〉 5. 〈◊〉 20. 〈◊〉 Gal. 3. 12. 〈◊〉 30. 12. Deut. 30. 14. c Because we can not performe the Law it 〈◊〉 vs to doute who shall go to 〈◊〉 and to say who shal go downe to the depe to de liuer vs thences but fayth teacheth vs that Christ is 〈◊〉 vp to take vs with hym and hathe descended into the depth of death to 〈◊〉 death and deliuer vs. d That is the pro mes and the Gospell whiche agreeth with the Lawe Isa. 28. 16. e That is the way to be saued is to beleue with heart that we are saued onely by Christ and to confesse the same before the world Isa. 32. 7. Ioel. 2. 32. Act. 2. 21. Naum. 1. 15. “ Or the 〈◊〉 Isa. 53. 8. Iohn 12. 38. f Mcanynge the Gospell and the good tydyngs of saluacion which they preached g That is by Gods commādement of whome they are 〈◊〉 that preache the Gospell It maye be also taken for the verye preaching it self h Both the Iewes and Gentiles i The Hebrewe worde signifieth the line or proportiō of the 〈◊〉 uēs whose most excellent frame besides the reste of Gods creatures preacheth vnto the whole worlde and secreth forthe the worthines of the Creator Psal. 19. 5. k Then seing all the world knew God by his creatures the Iewes cold not be igno rant and so sinned of malice “ Or vnbeleuing 〈◊〉 32. 21. Isa. 65. 1. Isa. 65. 2. a And elected before all beginning 1. King 19. 10. b He talked With God not that he shulde punish Israel but yet lamēted their falshode so his Wordes made against them 1. King 19. 18. Meaning an infinit nomber Or fre election Isa. 6. 29. and 9. 10. Mat. 13. 14. iohn 12. 40. act 28. 26. Psal. 69. 22 “ Or pritking d Christ by the mouth of thep to pherwisheth that Which came vpō the Iewes that is that as birdes are taken Where as they thinke to finde fode so the Law Which the Iewes of a blinde 〈◊〉 preferred to the Gospel thinking to haue saluation by it shulde turne to their destruction e Take from thē thy grace and strength f Without hope to be restored g The Iewes to followe the Gentiles h In that the Gentiles haue the knowledge of the Gospel i That they might be ielouse ouer Christ against the Gentiles and so to be more seruent in loue toward Christ then the Gentiles k The Iewes now remaine as it Were in death for lacke of the Gospel but When bothe they the Gentiles shal embrace Christ the Worlde shal be restored to a newe life l Abraham Was not 〈◊〉 sanctified but his sede also Which negle cted not the promes m Meaning Abraham “ Or in them n That is the Church of the Israelites o Be careful Wor ship God and 〈◊〉 in his 〈◊〉 p Mespeaketh of the Iewes and Gentiles in 〈◊〉 q Meaning stubbernes and induration against Gods Worde Isa 59 20. r He sheweth that the time shal come that the Whole nation of the Iewes thogh not euery one particularly shal be ioyned to the Church of Christ. Isa. 27. 9. Ierem. 22. 〈◊〉 Ebr. 8. 8. 10. 16. s To Whome God giueth his Spirit of adoptiō and Whome he calleth effectually he can not perish for Gods eternal counsel neuer changeth “ Or that by your mercie t That is bothe Iewes and Gentiles Isa. 40. 〈◊〉 Wisdom 9. 13. 1. Cor. 2. 16. u He reproueth the rashnes of men Which mur mure against the iudgements of God x That is 〈◊〉 ked him by his good 〈◊〉 y All things are created preserued of God to set for the his glorie a In stede of dead beasts liuelie sacrifice in ste de of the blood of beastes Which Was but a shad owe and pleased not God of it self the acceptable sacrifice of the spiritual man framed by faith to godlines and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 b That is true lawful and spiritual 1. Pet. 2. 5. c VVhatsoeuer is not agreable to Gods Wil is euil displeasant and vnperfect Ephes. 5. 17. 1. Thess. 3. 1. d TWo things are required if We Wil iudgesoberly of Gods giftes in vs the one that We do not attogate to ourselues that Which We haue not next 〈◊〉 We boast not of the giftes but reuerētly vse thē to Gods honour Mat. 6. 2. e That is soberly not neglecting Gods 〈◊〉 but vsing them to his glorie 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ephes. 4. 7. 1. Pet. 4. 10. f By prophecying here he meaneth preaching teaching by office or ministerie all such offices as ap perteme to the Church as Elders Deacons c. g By faith he me a neth the knowledge of God in Christ With the gifes of the holie Gost. h Of these officers some are Deacōs some Gouernors some kepe the 〈◊〉 i He meaneth thē Which Were appoīted to loke vnto the poore as for the moste parte Were the Widowes 2. Cor. 9. 7. Amos. 5. 〈◊〉 Ephes. 4. 2. 1. pet 2. 17. “ Or the time Ebr. 13. 1. Luk. 18. 1. 1. Cor. 16. 1. Ebr. 13. 2. 1. pet 4. 13. Mat. 5. 44. k That is in your owne conceit * Prou. 20. 22. * Mat. 5. 〈◊〉 * 1. Pet. 3. 9. * 2. Cor. 8. 11. l Liue so honestly godly that no man can finde faute With you * Ebr. 12 14. * Eccle 28. 1. * Mat. 5. 38. * Deu 32 35. * 〈◊〉 10 30 * Prou. 25. 21. m For ether thou shalt Wōne him With thy benefit or els his 〈◊〉 albeare him Witnes that Gods burning Wrath 〈◊〉 ouer him Act. 6. 1. 1. Tim. 5. 9.
their liberal hearts that 〈◊〉 they shal haue ynough for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and also to helpe others with all b 〈◊〉 ve may do 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 others at 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 c 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of that 〈◊〉 feareth 〈◊〉 and loueth his 〈◊〉 Psal. 〈◊〉 9. d Besides that by their liberalitie God shal be praised thei also shal be commended to God by their prayers whome thei haue holpen yea all men shal reuerence them as being endued with an 〈◊〉 gift of God “ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 affe ctioned towarde you a These wordes his 〈◊〉 thinking thereby to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as verse 〈◊〉 b As 〈◊〉 we 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 ues by a 〈◊〉 affection c Meaning a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 man 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 spake of Paul d 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 anie thing must haue some line or measure to metre by and not to measure a thing by it self 〈◊〉 these boasters must 〈◊〉 them 〈◊〉 by their worthie 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if they wil cōpare with others let them 〈◊〉 what 〈◊〉 what cities and people they 〈◊〉 wonne to the Lord for who wil 〈◊〉 that soul 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 onely at the table can fine ly 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 when he cometh 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 expert e That is the giftes and 〈◊〉 which God 〈◊〉 giuen him to winne others by f God gaue the whole 〈◊〉 to the Apostles to 〈◊〉 so that Paul here meaneth by the line his 〈◊〉 of the countreis where he preached * 〈◊〉 9 24 * 1. Corinth 1. 31. 〈◊〉 4 8. a He calleth the praising of him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the which thing the 〈◊〉 of the false apostles compelled him who 〈◊〉 nothing els but to ouer throwe the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 diminishing the 〈◊〉 of his ministerie b To speake in mine owne commendation c The minister marieth Christ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hous band and wife by the preaching of the Gospel Gene. 3 4. d That is more 〈◊〉 doctrine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Iesus e More excellent 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 by other mens preaching f They did not preache Christ more purely then I did for in this behalfe I was nothing inferior to the chiefest 〈◊〉 g That is vse no worldelie 〈◊〉 h Other 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 me i He did not one ly labour with his hands for his liuing but in his extreme 〈◊〉 preached 〈◊〉 without burdening 〈◊〉 man or els waxing 〈◊〉 to do his 〈◊〉 to euerie man k Let not the trueth of Christ be thogh to be in me if I suffer my 〈◊〉 to be shut vp which I haue 〈◊〉 of Gre 〈◊〉 Chap. 12. 3. Act. 20. 34. m By false 〈◊〉 here is not ment suche as teache false doctrine which 〈◊〉 they wolde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnto but suche as were vaine glorious and did not their duerie syncerely 〈◊〉 To 〈◊〉 my ministerie if I shulde receiue 〈◊〉 n In his earth 〈◊〉 had respect to the Lord but this facion of 〈◊〉 semed according to man whereun to they compelled him o In 〈◊〉 things p I note this dishonour which they dovnto 〈◊〉 Philip. 3. 5. q That is 〈◊〉 vile miserable a craftes man an idiot and subiect to a thousand calamities which things the false apostles obiected against him as moste 〈◊〉 stimonies of his 〈◊〉 r Put 〈◊〉 ye terme it so yet is it true s In the present danger of death t At 〈◊〉 seueral times 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 25. 3. u Of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 magistrates Act 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Act. 14. 19. Act. 27 〈◊〉 x As imprisonements 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thirst colde nakednes and 〈◊〉 likes which things the 〈◊〉 condemne as infirme in me Act. 9. 24. Act. 9. 3. a That is a 〈◊〉 stian or I 〈◊〉 it in Christ. b That is to say into the highest heauen c Mans infirmitie was not able to declare them nether were they shewed vn to hym for that end “ Or lawfull d The greke worde signifieth a sharpe piece of wood as a pale or stake and also a litle spilde or sharpe thynge whiche pricketh one as he goeth through busihie ād 〈◊〉 places ād entring into the 〈◊〉 can not be takē out with out 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 this was the rebelling of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against the spirit and warned hym that Satan was at hand e That is to say often times f Is knowen ād euidently sene g He doeth not onely paciently beare his 〈◊〉 but also ioy fully and as one that taketh pleasure therein for 〈◊〉 sake Chap. 11. 9. “ Or chargeable h For firste he was minded to departe from Ephesus into Macedonia and so to Corinthus 1. Cor. 16. 5. Then when the Lord letted this purpo se he appointed to go straight from Ephesus to Corinthus i VVhiche declareth his fatherlie affection “ Or your cause or persones Chap 1. 15. Which intent being 〈◊〉 ge he 〈◊〉 to Ma cedonia frō 〈◊〉 ce now he appointeth the thirde time to come vn to them k Thus said hys aduersaries that thogh he toke it not by him self yet he did it by the meanes of others l To go to you m Meaning 〈◊〉 pe and seuere n There was no thyng where at he so muche reioyced as when his preachīg 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therfore he calleth the 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 ioye 〈◊〉 also nothing did more cast 〈◊〉 his heart as 〈◊〉 hys labour dyd no good a His firste commyng was hys dwellyng 〈◊〉 them his second was his first 〈◊〉 and now he is ready to come the thirde time which thre commings he calleth his thre witnes b In my first epistle Chap. 4. 20. 〈◊〉 19. 15. 〈◊〉 18. 16. Iohn 8. 17. Ebr. 10. 28. c In that he hum bled him selfe ād 〈◊〉 vppon him the forme of a seruant d Christ as 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 in mans iudgemēt wasvile 〈◊〉 therfore we that are hys mēbers can not be other 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but being crucified he shewed him self 〈◊〉 God so thinke that we whom ye 〈◊〉 ne as dead mē 〈◊〉 cast aways haue through God suche power to ex ecut against you that ye may fele sensibly that we 〈◊〉 in Christ. e In mans iudge ment who for the most part 〈◊〉 the best approueth the worste f Hauing 〈◊〉 ce of the grace of God 1. Cor. 11. 22. g Cōmit not by your negligence that that which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 turne to your destruction h VVhich was ac cording to those 〈◊〉 in those dayes bothe of the lewes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 other 〈◊〉 Roma 〈◊〉 16. 1. Cor 16. 20. 1. Pet. 5. 14. Tit. 1. 3. a For God is the autor of all mini 〈◊〉 b This prerogatiue was peculiar to the 〈◊〉 Luke 1. 74. c VVhiche is the corrupt 〈◊〉 of man wythoute Christ. “ Or doctrine d That is to be 〈◊〉 of the saluacion offred frely by Christ. e For what is more cōtrarie to our fre iustification by saith thē the iustification by the Lawe or our works ther fore to ioyne these two together is to ioyne light with 〈◊〉 nes death with life ād doeth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 throw the Gospel f If it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
the Churche of Christ whiche is our mother and not of the Synagogue whiche is a seruant vnder the Law Rom. 9. 8. By the libertie wherewith Christ hath made vs fre a If you ioyne circumcision to the Gospel as a thing necessarie to saluacion Chap. V. Act. 15. 2. b We liue in hop through that Spi rit whiche causeth faith and whiche is giuen to the faithfull that we shulde 〈◊〉 faith and not by the Law obtaine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of glorie whiche Christe gyueth frely 1. Cor. 1. 17. c Then whatsoeuer is not the worde of God whiche here he calleth trueth is verie lies d Which is God e A litle corruption doeth destroy the whole doctrine 1. Cor. 5. 6. f That ye wil 〈◊〉 the word of God purely g That is the doctrine of the Gospell whiche the worlde ab horred as a sclanderous thing and therewith were offended h Meaning the seconde table 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 18. 〈◊〉 22. 39. k That is the na tu all man 〈◊〉 against the 〈◊〉 of of 〈◊〉 Mar. 12. 31. Iam. 2. 8. Rom. 13. 14. 1. Pet 2. 10. i In the man regenerat i If you be 〈◊〉 by the Spirit of 〈◊〉 that whiche ye do 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to God althogh it be nor be 〈◊〉 fity m For they are vnder the 〈◊〉 or grace n Christ hath 〈◊〉 onely remitted their sinnes but sanctified tl 〈◊〉 into 〈◊〉 es of lif o That being dead to sinne liuyng to God we may declare the same in holines and innocencie of life a Father by reason of his flesh or Satan b Christe exhorteth in 〈◊〉 places to mutual loue 〈◊〉 brotherlie loue is here called the Lawe of Christ and his comman 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 n. 13. 14. and. 5. 12. c He sheweth that man hathe nothing of him 〈◊〉 whereof he shulde 〈◊〉 2. 〈◊〉 1. 12. Wherein he may reioyce 〈◊〉 me but not before God d For his reioycing is a 〈◊〉 of a good conscience e For it were a shame not to prouide for their corporal necessities whiche fede our soules with the heauenlie things 1. Cor. 5 8. 1. 〈◊〉 9. 7. f He proueth that the ministers must be nowrished for if men onely prouide for wordely thinges 〈◊〉 out respect of the life euerlasting then they procure to them selues death and mocke God who hath giuen them his ministers 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them heauenlie thing 2. Thes. 3. 13. g The frute whiche God hathe promised h By the outwarde ceremonies i That is for prea 〈◊〉 Christ 〈◊〉 k That thei haue made you Iewes l By the 〈◊〉 he meaneth all ou warde pom pe 〈◊〉 things which please mens fantasies m Which is rege nerate by faith Rom. 2. 19. n That is vpon the Iewes as o Let no man trouble my preaching from hēce forthe for my markes are witnesses how valiantly I haue foght p Which 〈◊〉 odious to the worlde but glorious before God a As with the knowledge of God in Christ with faith hope charitie other gifts “ Or places b This election to lif euerlasting can neuer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ged but in temporal offices which God hathe appointed for a certeine space when the terme is expired he chā geth his election as we se in Saul and Iudas 1. Cor. 1. 2. c When Christs iustice is imputed ours d Whereas we were not the 〈◊〉 children he receiued vs by grace and made vs his children 2. Cor. 1. 3. 1. Pet. 1. 3. 2. Tim. 1. 9. e The principal end of our election is to praise and glorifie the grace of God Colos. 1. 22. f That is in Christ. g By this he mea neth the whole bodie of the Churche which he deuideth into them which are in heauen and them which are in earth also the faithful which re maine in earth stād of the Iewes and the Gentiles h To wit the Iewes i Thogh we be redemed frō the bondage of sinne by the death of Christ Rom 6. 22 〈◊〉 we hope for this seconde 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 be when we shal possesse our inhe ritāce in the heauens whereof we haue the holie Gost for a gage as Chap. 4. 30. k Of Christ. l Made him Go uernour of all things bothe in heauen and in'earthe so that Christs bodie is now onely there or elsit shuld not be a true bodie and his ascenciō shulde be but a fantasticall thing and onely imagi ned Col. 2. 12. Chap. 3. 7. Psal. 8. 8. Ebr. 2. 8. m This is the great loue of Christe towarde his Churche that he counteth not him selfe perfect without vs whiche are his members therefore 〈◊〉 Church is also Christ as 1. Cor. 12. 12. Col. 2. 13. Chap. 6. 12. 〈◊〉 Meaning Satan b Not by creation but by Adās 〈◊〉 so by 〈◊〉 c Bothe Iewe Gentil “ Or with Christ. d We that are the members are raised vp 〈◊〉 death and reigne without head christ in heauen by faith e Here he meaneth as concerning grace and not by nature f He sheweth here that the further the Gentiles were of frome the grace of God the greater detters they are now to the 〈◊〉 1. Sam. 17. 26. Eze. 44 7. Rom. 9. 4. g It was but one couenant but because it was diuers times confirmed and established 〈◊〉 here he calleth them Couenants h Whereno promesis there is no hope “ Or 〈◊〉 i That is the cau se of the diuision that was 〈◊〉 ne the Iewes the Gentiles k For in Christ 〈◊〉 all things were accomplished which were pre figurate in the Law l For of the Iewes and the Gentils he made one flocke “ Or death Rom. 5. 2. a He reioyceth in that he suffred imprisonmēt for the maintenance of Christs glorie b Which was his 〈◊〉 to prea che vnto the 〈◊〉 c That is in the first chap of this Epistle ver 9. d Althogh the fathers and the Prophetes had reuelations certeine yet it was not in comparison of that 〈◊〉 which was shewed when the Gētiles were called nether 〈◊〉 was the time 〈◊〉 the maner knowen Chap. 1 19. 1. Cor. 15 9. 〈◊〉 1. 16. Rom. 16. 25. Col. 1. 26. 2. Timo. 1. 10. e The Angels Tit. 1. 2. 1. Pet. 1. 20. f The Churche being gathered of so many kindes of people is an example or a glasse for the An gels to beholde the wisdome of God in who hath turned their particular discords in to an vniuersal concorde and of the 〈◊〉 of bondage hathe made the Church of 〈◊〉 dome g He that is not of the bodie of Christ is in death h The faithful which 〈◊〉 befo re Christ 〈◊〉 were adopted by him and make one familie with the Saincts which yet remaine a liue i For we confesse that which we beleue k All perfection on euerie side is in him l That all the graces of God may abounde in you Rom. 16. 25. m In that we fele Christ in vs. a For the Lords cause Philip. 1. 27. Col. 1. 10. 1. Thess. 2. 12. b 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 you
go out to the sea 6 And your Westquarter shal be the great sea euer that border shal be your West-coast 7 And this shal be your Northquarter ye shal marke out your border from the great sea vnto mount Hor. 8 From mount Hor ye shal point out til it co me vnto Hamath and the end of the coast shal be at Zedad 9 And the coast shal reache out to Ziphrō go out at Hazar-enan this shal be your Northquarter 10 Andye shal marke out your Eastquarter from Hazar-enan to Shepham 11 And the coast shal go downe from Shephā to Riblah and from the Eastside of Ain and the same border shal descend and go out at the side of the Sea of Chinneréth Eastwarde 12 Also that border shal go downe to Iordén and leaue at the salt Sea this shal be your land with the coastes thereof round about 13 ¶ Then Mosés commanded the children of Israel saying This is the land which ye shal inherit by lot which the Lord commā ded to giue vnto nine tribes and halfe the tribe 14 * For the tribe of the children of Reubén according to the housholdes of their fathers and the tribe of the children of Gad according to their fathers housholdes halfe the tribe of Manasseh haue receiued their inheritance 15 Two tribes and an halfe tribe haue receiued their inheritance on this side of Iordén toward Ierichó ful East 16 ¶ Againe the lord speake to Mosés sayīg 17 These are the names of the men which shal deuide the land vnto you Eleazar the Priest and Ioshú a the sonne of Nun 18 And ye shal take also a prince of euerie tribe to deuide the land 19 The names also of the men are these Of the tribe of Iudah Caléb the sonne of Iephunnéh 20 And of the tribe of the sonnes of Simeón Shemuél the sonne of Ammihúd 21 Of the tribe of Beniamin Elidad the sonne of 〈◊〉 22 Also of the tribe of the sonnes of Dan the prince Bukki the sonne of Iogli 23 Of the sonnes of Ioseph of the tribe of the sonnes of Manasséh the prince Hanniél the sonne of Ephód 24 And of the tribe of the sonnes of Ephraim the prince Kemuél the sonne of Shiph tan 25 Of the tribe also of the sonnes of Zebulûn the prince Elizaphā the sonne of Parnach 26 So of the tribe of the sonnes of Issachar the prince Paltiél the sonne of Azzan 27 Of the tribe also of the sónes of Ashér the prince Ahihúd the sonne of Shelomi 28 And of the tribe of the sonnes of Naphta li the prince Pedahél the sonne of Ammihúd 29 These are they whome the Lord comman ded to deuide the inheritance vnto the children of Israél in the land of Canaan CHAP. XXXV 2 Vnto the Leuites agre giuen cities and suburbes 11. The cities of refuge 16 The lawe of murther 30 For one mās witnes shal no man be condemned 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés in the plaine of Moab by Iordén toward Ierichó saying 2 * Commande the children of Israél that they giue vnto the Leuites of the inheritance of their possession cities to dwel in ye shal giue also vnto the Leuites the suburbes of the cities round about them 3 So they shal haue the cities to dwe in and their suburbes shal be for their cattel and for their substance for all their beastes 4 And the suburbes of the cities which ye shal giue vnto the Leuites from the wal of the citie outwarde shal be a thousand cu bites round about 5 And ye shal measure without the citie of the Eastside two thousand cubites and of the Southside two thousand cubites of the Westside two thousand cubites of the Northside two thousand cubites the citie shal be in the middes this shal be the measure of the suburbes of their cities 6 And of the cities which ye shal giue vnto the Leuites * there shal be six cities for re fuge which ye shal appoīt that he which killeth may flee thither and to them ye shal adde two and fourty cities mo 7 All the cities which ye shal giue to the Leuites shal be eight and fourtie cities thē shal ye giue with their suburbes 8 And concerning the cities which ye shal giue of the possession of the children of Is raél of many ye shal take mo and of fewe ye shal take lesse euerie one shal giue of his cities vnto the Leuites according to his inheritance which he inheriteth 9 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 10 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them * When ye be come ouer Iordén into the land of Canaan 11 Ye shal appoint you cities to be cities of refuge for you that he slayer which slayeth anie persone vn warres may flec thither 12 And these cities shal be for you a refuge from the auenger that he which killeth dye not vntil he stand before the Congre gacion in iudgement 13 And of the cities which ye shal giue six cities shal ye haue for refuge 14 Ye shal appoint thre on this side Iordén and ye shal appoint thre cities in the land of Canà an which shal be cities of refuge 15 These six cities shal be a refuge for the chil dren of Israél and for the stranger for him that dwelleth among you that euerie one which killeth anie persone vn war res may flee thither 16 * And if one smite an other with an īstru ment of yron that he dye he is a murthe rer and the murtherer shal dye the death 17 Also if he smite him by casting a stone where with he may be slaine and he dye he is a murtherer and the murtherer shal dye the death 18 Or if he smite him with an hād weapon of wood where with he may be slaine if he dye he is a murtherer and the murtherer shal dye the death 19 The reuenger of the blood him selfe shal slay the murtherer when he meteth him he shal slay him 20 But if he trust him * of hate or hurle at him by laying of wait that he dye 21 Or smite him through enemitie with his hand that he dye he that smote him shal dye the death for he is a murtherer there uenger of the blood shal slay the murtherer when he meteth him 22 But if he punished him vnaduisedly and * not of hatred or cast vpon him anie thing without saying of wait 23 Or anie stone whereby he might be slaine and sawe him not or caused it to fall vpon him and he dye and was not his ene mie nether soght him anie harme 24 Then the Congregacion shal iudge betwene the slayer the auēger of blood according to these lawes 25 And the Gongregacion shal deliuer the slayer out of the hand of the auenger of blood and the Congregacion shal restore him vnto the citie of
his refuge whither he was fled and he shal abide there vnto the death of the hie Priest which is anoin ted with the holy oyle 26 But if the slayer come without the borders of the citie of his refuge whither he wasfled 27 And the reuenger of blood find him with out the borders of the citie of his refuge and the reuenger of blood slay the murtherer he shal be giltles 28 Because he shulde haue remained in the ci tie of his refuge vntil the death of the hye Priest and after the death of the hye Priest the slayer shal returne vnto the lād of his possession 29 So these things shal be a lawe of iudgemēt vnto you through your generacions in all your dwellings 30 Whosoeuer killeth anie persone the iud ge shal slay the murtherer through * wit nesses but * one witnes shal not testifie a gainst a persone to cause him to die 31 Moreouer ye shal take no recompēse for the life of the murtherer which is worthie to die but he shal be put to death 32 Also ye shal take no recompense for him that is fled to the citie of his refuge that he shuld come againe and dwel in the land before the death of the hie Priest 33 So ye shal not pollute the land where in ye shal dwel for blood defileth the land and the land can not be clensed of the blood that is shed therin but by the blood of him that shed it 34 Defile not therefore the land which ye shal in habite for I dwel in the middes thereôf for I the Lord dwel amōg the childrē of Israél CHAP. XXXVI 6 An ordre for the mariage of the daughters of zelophe had 7. The inheritance colde not be giuen from one tribe to another 1 THen the chief fathers of the familie of the sonnes of Gilead the sonne of Machir the sonne of Manasséh of the families of the sonnes of Ioséph came and spake before Mosés and before the princes the chief fathers of the children of Is raél 2 And said * The Lord commanded my lord to giue the land to inherite by lot to the children of Israél and my lord was commanded by the Lord to giue the inheritāce of Zelophehad our brother vnto his daughters 3 If they be maried to anie of the sonnes of the other tribes of the children of Israél then shal their inheritāce be taken away from the inheritance of our fathers shal be put vnto the inheritance of the tribe where of they shal be so shal it be taken a way from the lot of our inheritance 4 Also when the Iubile of the children of Israél commeth then shal their inheritance be put vnto the inheritance of the tribe whereof they shal be so shal their inheri tance be taken away from the inheritance of the tribe of our fathers 5 Then Mosés commanded the children of Israél according to the worde of the lord saying The tribe of the sonnes of Ioséph haue sayd dwel 6 This is the thing that the Lord hathe commanded concerning the daughters of Zelophehad saying They shal be wiues to whome they thinke best onely to the familie of the tribe of their father shal they mary 7 So shal not the inheritance of the childrē of Israél remoue from tribe to tribe for euerie one of the children of Israél shal ioy ne him selfe to the inheritance of the tribe of his fathers 8 And euerie daughter that possesseth anie inheritance of the tribes of the children of Israel shal be wife vnto one of the fami lie of the tribe of her father that the children of Israél may enioye euerie man the inheritance of their fathers 9 Nether shal the inheritance go about frō tribe to tribe but euerie one of the tribes of the children of Israél shal sticke to his owne inheritance 10 As the Lord commanded Mosés sodid the daughters of Zelophehad 11 For * Mahlà h Tirzah and Hoglah Milcah and Noà h the daughters of Zelophehà d were maried vnto their fathers brothers sonnes 12 They were wyues to certeine of the fami lies of the sonnes of Manasséh the sonne of Ioséph so their inheritance remained in the tribe of the familie of their father 13 These are the commandemēts and lawes which the Lord commanded by the hand of Mosés vnto the children of Israél in the plaine of Moab by Iordén toward Iericho THE FIFTH BOKE OF MOSES called Deuteronomie THE ARGVMENT THe wonderful loue of God toward his Churche is liuely set forthe in this boke For albeit through their ingratitude and sundry rebellions against God for the space of forty yeres Deut. 9. 7. they had deserueth to haue bene cut of from the nomber of his people and for euer to haue bene depriued of the vse of his holy worde and sacramēts yet he did euer preserue his Church euen for his owne mercies sake and wolde stil haue his Name called vpon among them wherefo re he bringeth them into the land of Cánaan destroyeth their enemies giueth them their countrey townes and goodes and exborteth them by the example of their fathers whose infidelitie idolatrie adulteries murmurings and rebellion he had moste sharpely punished to feare and obey the Lord to embrace and kepe his lawe without adding ther vnto or dimi nishing there from For by his worde be wolde he knowento be their God and they his people by his worde he wolde gouerne his Churche by the same they shulde learne to obey him by his worde he wolde discerne the false Prophet from the true light from darknes error from knollage and his owne people from all other natiōs and infideles teaching them thereby to refuse detest destroy and abolish what soeuer is not agreable to his holy wil seme it other wise neuer so good or precious in the eyes of man And for this cause God promised to raise vp Kings and gouuernours for the setting for the of this worde and preseruacion of his Churche giuing vnto them an especial charge for the executing thereof whome the refore be willeth to exercise thē selues diligently in the continual studie and meditation of the same that they might learne to feare the Lord loue their subiects abhorre couetousnes and vice and whatsoeuer offendeth the maiestie of God And as he had to fore instructed their fathers in all things apperte 〈◊〉 bothe to his spiritual seruice also for the maintenant of that societie which is betwene men so he prescribeth here anewe all suche lawes ordināces which ether cōcerne his di uine seruice or els are necessarie for a comon weale appointing vnto euerie estate and degre their charge and 〈◊〉 aswel how to rule and liue in the feare of God as to nourish friendeship towarde their neighbours and to preserue that or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God hathe established among men threatening with all moste horrible plagues to them that transgresse his commandements and
they feared 17 But he said vnto thē Feare not for it shall go wel with you praise God therefore 18 For I came not of mine owne pleasure but by the good wil of your God wherefore praise him in all ages 19 * All these dayes I did appeare vnto you but I did nether eat nor drinke but you sawe it in vision 20 Now therefore giue God thankes for I go vp to him that sent me but write all things which are done in a boke 21 And when they rose they sawe him no more 22 Then they confessed the greate and wonderful workes of God and how the Angell of the Lord had appeared to them CHAP. XIII A thankes giuing of Tobit who exhorteth all to praise the Lord. 1 THen Tobit wrote a prayer of reioycing and said Blessed be God that liueth for euer and blessed be his kingdome 2 * For he doeth scourge and hathe pitie he leadeth to hel and bringeth vp nether is there anie that can auoide his hand 3 Confesse him before the Gentiles ye children of Israél for he hathe scattred you among them 4 There declare his greatnes and extoll him before all the liuing for he is our Lord and our God and our father for euer 5 He hathe scourged vs for our iniquities and wil haue mercie againe will gather vs out of all nacions among whome we are scattred 6 If you turne to hym with your whole heart and with your whole minde deale vprightly before him then wil he turne vn to you and wil not hide his face from you but ye shal se what he wil do with you therfore confesse him with your whole mouth and praise the Lord of righteousnes extoll the euerlasting King I wil confesse him in the land of my captiuitie and wil decla re his power and greatnes to a sinful nacion O ye sinners turne and do iustice before him who can tel if he wil receiue you to mercie and haue pitie on you 7 I wil extoll my God and my soule shal praise the King of heauen and shal reioyce in his greatnes 8 Let all men speake and let all praise him for his righteousnes 9 O Ierusalém the holie citie he wil scourge thee for thy children workes but he wil haue pitie againe on the sonnes of righteous men 10 Giue praise to the Lord duely praise the euerlasting King that his tabernacle may be buylded in thee againe with ioye and let him make ioyful there in thee those that are captiues and loue in thee for euer those that be miserable 11 Manie nacions shal come from farre to the Name of the Lord God with giftes in their hands euen giftes to the King of heauen all generacions shal praise thee and giue signes of ioye 12 Cursed are all they which hathe thee but blessed are they for euer which loue thee 13 Reioyce and be glad for the children of the iuste for thei shal be gathered shal blesse the Lord of the iuste 14 Blessed are they which loue thee for they shal reioyce in thy peace Blessed are they which haue bene sorowful for all thy scour ges for they shal reioyce for thee when they shal se all thy glorie and shal reioyce for euer 15 Let my soule blesse God the great King 16 For Ierusalem shal be buylt vp with sapphi res and emerodes and thy walles with pre tious stones and thy towres and thy bulwarkes with pure golde 17 And the streetes of Ierusalém shal be paued with beral and carbuncle and stones of Ophir 18 And all her streetes shal say Halleluiah they shal praise him saying Blessed be God which hathe extolled it for euer CHAP. XIIII 4 Lessons of Tobit to his sonne 5 He prophecieth the destruction of Nineue 7 And the restoring of Ierusalém and the Temple 13 The death of Tobit and his wife 16. Tobias age and death 1 SO Tobit made an end of praising God 2 And he was eight and fiftie yere olde whē he lost his sight which was restored to him after eight yere and he gaue almes and he continued to feare the Lord God and to praise him 3 And when he was verie aged he called his sonne and six of his sonnes sonnes and said to him My sonne take thy children for beholde I am aged am ready to departe out of this life 4 Go into Media my sonne for I beleue that those things whiche Ionas the Prophete spake of Nineue that it shal be destroied and for a time peace shal rather be in Media and that our brethren shal be scattred in the earth from that good land and Ierusalē shal be desolate and the House of God in it shall be burned and shall be desolate for a time 5 Yet againe God * will haue pitie on them and bring them againe into the land where they shal buylde a Temple but not like to the first vntil the times of that age be fulfilled which being finished thei shal returne from euerie place out of captiuitie and buylde vp Ierusalém gloriously and the house of GOD shall be buylt in it for euer with a glorious buylding as the Prophetes haue spoken thereof 6 And all nations shall turne and feare the Lord God truely shal burye their idoles 7 So shal all nations praise the Lord and his people shal cōfesse God and the Lord shall exalte his people and all those which loue the Lord in trueth iustice shall reioyce and those also whiche shewe mercie to our brethren 8 And now my sonne departe out of Nineue because that those thynges which the Prophet Ionas spake shall surelye come to passe 9 But kepe thou the Law and the commandements and shewe thy selfe mercifull and iust that it may go wel with thee 10 And burye me honestlye and thy mother with me but tarie no longer at Nineue Remember my sonne how a man handled Achiacharus that broght him vp how out of light he broght him into darkenes and how he rewarded him agayne yet Achiacharus was saued but the other had his rewarde for he wēt downe into darkenes Manasses gaue almes escaped the snare of death whiche they had set for him but Aman fell into the snare and perished 11 Wherefore now my sonne consider what almes doeth and how righteousnes doeth deliuer When he had said these things he gaue vp the gost in the bed being an hundreth and eight and fiftie yere olde and he buryed him honorably 12 And when Anna was dead he buryed her with his father but Tobias went with hys wife and children to Ecbatane to Raguel his father in lawe 13 Where he became olde with honour and he buryed hys father and mother in Lawe honorably and he inherited their substāce and Tobits his father 14 And he dyed at Ecbatane in Media being an hundreth and seuen twētie yere olde 15 But before he dyed he heard of the destruction of Nineue whiche was taken by
Nabuchodonosor and Assuerus and before his death he reioyced for Nineue IVDETH CHAP. I. 1 The buylding of Ecbatane 5 Nabuchodonosor made warre against Arphaxed ouercame him 12 He threateneth them that wolde not helpe him 1 IN the twelft yere of the reigne of Nabuchodonosor who reigned in Nineue the greate Citie in the daies of Arphaxed which reigned ouer the Medes in Ecbatane 2 And buylt in Ecbatane the walles rounde aboute of hewen stone thre cubites broad and six cubites long and made the height of the wal seuētie cubites and the breadth thereof fiftie cubites 3 And made the towres thereof in the gates of it of an hundreth cubites the breadth thereof in the fun daciō 〈◊〉 cubites 4 And made the gates thereof euen gates that were lifted vp on hie seuentie cubites and the breadth of them fortie cubites for the going forth of his mightie armies and forthe setting in aray of his 〈◊〉 5 Euen in those daies King Nabuchodonosor made warre with King 〈◊〉 in the great field which is the field in the coastes of Ragau. 6 Then came vnto him all they that dwelt in the mountaines all that dwelt by Euphrates and Tigris and Hydaspes and the countrey of Arioch the King of the Elymeans and verie manie nations assembled them selues to the battell of the sonnes of Chelod 7 And Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians sent vnto all that dwelt in Persia and to all that dwelt in the West and to those that dwelt in Cilicia and Damascus and Libanus and Antilibanus to all that dwelt vpon the sea coast 8 And to the people that are in Carmel and Galaad and the hier Galile and the greate field of Esdrelam 9 And to all that were in Samaria and the cities therof and beyonde Iordén vnto Ierusalém and Betane and Chellus and Cades and the riuer of Egypt and Taphnes and 〈◊〉 and all the land of Gesém 10 Vnto one come to Tanis and Memphis to all the inhabitants of Egypt and to one come to the mountaines of Ethiopia 11 But all the inhabitants of this countrey did not passe for the commandemēt of Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians nether wolde they come with him to the battel for they did not feare him yea he was before thē as one man therefore they sent away his ambassadours from them without effect and with dishonour 12 Therefore Nabuchodonosor was very angrie with all this countrey and sware by his throne and kingdome that he wolde surely be auenged vpon all those coastes of Cilicia and Damascus and Syria that he wolde slay with the sworde all the inhabitants of the land of Moab and the children of Ammon and all Iudea and all that were in Egypt til one come to the borders of the two seas 13 Then he marched in battell aray with hys power agaynste King Arphaxad in the seuententh yere and he preuailed in his battel for he ouer thre we all the power of Arphaxad and all his horse men 〈◊〉 all hys chariots 14 And he wanne his cities and came vnto Ecbatane and toke the towres and spoiled the stretes therof and turned the beautie thereof into shame 15 He toke also Arphaxad in the mountaines of Ragau and smote hym through with his dartes and destroyed him vtterlye that daye 16 So he returneth afterwarde to Nineue bothe he and all his companie with a verie great multitude of 〈◊〉 of warre and there he passed the time and banketed both he and his armie an hundreth and twentye dayes CHAP. II. 1 Nabuchodonosor commanded presumpteously that all people shulde be broght in subiection 6 And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 those that disobeyed him 15 The preparation of Olophernes armie 23 The conquest of his enemies 1 ANd in the eightenth yere the two and twentieth daye of the firste moneth there was talke in the house of Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians that he shulde aduenge him selfe on all the earth as he had spoken 2 So he called vnto him all his officers all his nobles and communicated with thē his secret counsell set before them with hys owne mouth all the malice of the earth 3 Thē they decreed to destroie all flesh that had not obeied the commandement of his mouth 4 And when he had ended his counsell Nabuchodonosor King of the Assyrians called 〈◊〉 his chief captaine and whiche was next vnto him and said vnto him 5 Thus saith the great King the Lord of the whole earth Beholde thou shalt go forth from my presence and take with thee men that trust in their owne strength of fotemen an hundreth and twentie thousand the nōber of horses with their riders twelue thousand 6 And thou shalt go agaynste all the West countrey because they desobeied my commandement 7 And thou shalt declare vnto thē that they prepared for me the lande and the water for I wil go forthe in my wrath against thē and will couer the whole face of the earth with the fete of mine armie and I wil giue them as a spoyle vnto them 8 So that their wounded shal fil their valleis and their riuers the flood shal ouerflow being filled with their dead 9 And I will bring their captiuitie to the vtmost partes of all the earth 10 Thou therefore shalt departe hence and take vp for me all their countrey if thei yelde vnto thee thou shalt reserue thē for me vntil the day that I rebuke them 11 But concerning them that rebell let not thine eye spare them but put thē to death and spoyle them wheresoeuer thou goest 12 For as I liue and the power of my kingdome whatsoeuer I haue spoken that wil I do by mine hand 13 And take thou hede that thou transgresse not any of the cōmandements of thy Lord but accomplish them fully as I haue commanded thee and differre not to do them 14 ¶ Then Olofernes went for the frome the presence of his Lord and called all the gouernours and captaines and officers of the armie of 〈◊〉 15 And he mustred the chosen men for the battell as hys Lord had commanded him vnto an hundreth and twentie thousand twelue thousand archers on hors backe 16 And he set them in aray accordyng to the maner of setting a great armie in aray 17 And he toke camels asses for theyr burdens a very great nomber and shepe and oxen and goates without nomber for their prouision 18 And vitaile for euerie man of the armie verye muche golde and siluer out of the Kings house 19 Then he went for the and all his power to go before in the viage of King Nabuchodo nosor and to couer all the face of the earth Westwarde with their charets and horsemen and chosen fotemen 20 A greate multitude also of sundrie sortes came with them like grashoppers and like the grauel of the earth for the multitude was without nomber 21 And they went forth of Nineue thre daies iornay towarde the countrey of 〈◊〉 and pitched from Bectileth nere the
and 〈◊〉 the rea me 36 De metrius taketh 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 43 Simon winneth Gaz 50 He possesseth the tower of Sion 53 He maketh his sōne Iohn captaine 1 NOw when Simon heard that Tryphō gathered a great hoste to come into the 〈◊〉 of Iuda and to destroye it 2 And sawe that the people was in great trembling and feare he came vp to Ierusalem and gathered the people together 3 And gaue them exhortaciō saying Ye know what great things I and my brethren and my fathers house haue done for the Law the Sanctuarie and the battels troubles that we haue sene 4 By reason whereof all my brethren are slaine for Israels sake and I am left alone 5 Now therefore God forbide that I shulde spare mine owne life in anie time of trouble for I am not better then my brethren 6 But I wil aduenge my nacion and the Sanctuarie and our wiues and our children for all the heathen are gathered together to destroy vs of very malice 7 In hearing these wordes the hearts of the people were kindled 8 So that they cryed with a loude voyce saying Thou shalt be our captaine instead of lu das and Ionathan thy brethren 9 Fight thou our battels and whatsoeuer thou commandest vs we wil do it 10 ¶ So he gathered all the men of warre making haste to finish the walles of Ierusalem and fortified it rounde about 11 Then sent he Ionathan the sonne of Absalonius with a great hoste vnto Ioppe which droue them out that were therein remained there him self 12 Tryphō also remoued from Ptolemais with a great armie to come into the lād of Iuda Ionathan was with him as 〈◊〉 13 And Simon pitched his tentes at Addidis vpon the open plaine 14 But when Tryphon knewe that Simō stode vp in stead of his brother Ionathan and that he wolde fight against him he sent messēgers vnto him saying 15 Where as we haue kept Ionathan thy brother it is for money that he is owing in the Kings account concerning the busines that he had in hand 16 Wherefore send now an hūdreth talents of siluer and his two sonnes for hostages that when he is letten forthe he wil not turne 〈◊〉 vs and we wil send him againe 17 Neuertheles Simon knewe that he dissembled in his wordes yet commanded he the money children to be deliuered vnto him lest he shulde be in greater hatred of the peo ple of Israel 18 Who might haue said Because he sent him not the money and the children therefore is Ionathan dead 19 So he sent the children and an hundreth 〈◊〉 lents but he dissembled and wolde not let Ionathan go 20 ¶ Afterwarde came Tryphon into the land to destroye it and wentrounde about by the way that leadeth vnto Adora but where soeuer they went thether went Simon and his hoste 21 Now they that were in the castel sent messengers vnto Tryphon that he shulde make haste to come by the wildernes and to send them vitailes 22 So Tryphon made readie all his horsemen but the same night fell a very great snowe so that he came not because of the snowe but he remoued and went into the countrey of Galaad 23 And when he came nere to Bascama he slew Ionathan and he was buryed there 24 So Tryphon returned wēt into his owne land 25 ¶ Then sent Simon to take the bones of Ionathan his brother and they buryed him in Modin his fathers cities 26 And all Israel be wailed him with great lamē tacion and mourned for him verie long 27 And Simon made vpon the sepulchre of his father and his brethren a buylding high to loke vnto of he wenstone behinde and be fore 28 And set vp seuen pillers vpon it one against another for his father his mother and foure brethren 29 And set great pillers round about them and set armes vpon the pillers for a perpetuall me morie and carued shippes beside the armes that they might be sene of men sailing in the sea 30 This sepulchre which he made at Modin standeth yet vnto this day 31 ¶ Now as Tryphon went forthe with the yong King Antiochus he slewe him traiterously 32 And reigned in his stead and crowned him self King of Asia and broght a great plague vpon the land 33 Simon also buylte vp the castels of Iudea compassed them about with high towers great walles euen with towers and gates and barres and laid vp vitailes in the strong holdes 34 Moreouer Simon chose certeine men and sent them to King Demetrius that he wolde discharge the land for all Tryphons doings were robberies 35 Whereupon Demetrius the King answered him and wrote vnto him after this maner 36 DEMETRIVS the King vnto Simon the high Priest and the friend of Kings and to the Elders and to the nation of the 〈◊〉 sendeth greting 37 The goldē crowne and precious stone that ye sent vnto vs haue we receiued and are readie to make a stedfast peace with you to write vnto the officers to release you of the things wherein we made you fre 38 So the things that we haue granted you shal be stable the strong holdes which ye ha ue buylded shal be your owne 39 Also we forgiue the ouersights and fautes committed vnto this day and the crowne taxe that ye ought vs and where as was anie other tribute in Ierusalem it shal be now no tribute 40 And they that are mete amōg you to be wri ten with our men let them be writen vp that there may be peace betwene vs. 41 Thus the yoke of the heathē was takē frō Israel in the hundreth and seuentie yere 42 And the people of Israel began to write in their letters and publike instruments IN THE FIRST yere of Simon the high chief Priest gouernour and prince of the Iewes 43 In those dayes Simon camped against Gaza and besieged it rounde about where he set vp an engine of warre and approched nere the citie and betatowre and toke it 44 So 〈◊〉 that were in the engine leapt into the citie and there was great trouble in the citie 45 In so muche that the people of the citie rent their clothes and climed vp vpon the walles with their wiues and childrē cryed with a loude voyce beseching Simon to grāt them peace saying 46 Deale not with vs according to our wicked nes but according to thy mercie 47 Then Simon pitied them and wolde fight no more against them but put them out of the citie and clensed the houses wherein the idoles were and so entred thereunto with psalmes and thankesgiuing 48 So when he had cast all the filthines out he set suche men in it as kept the Law and fortified it and buylded there a dwelling place for himself 49 Now when they in the castel at Ierusalém were kept that they colde not come forthe nor go into the countrey nether bye nor sel they were very hungrie and manie of
them were famished to death 50 In so muche that they besoght Simon to make peace with them which he granted them and put them out frō thence and clensed the castel from filthines 51 And vpon the thre and twentie day of the seconde moneth in the hundreth seuentie one yere they entred into it with thanke esgiuing and brāches of palme trees and with violes and with psalmes and songs because the great enemie of Israel was ouercome 52 And he ordeined that the same day shulde be kept euerie yere with gladnes 53 And he fortified the mount of the Temple that was beside the castel where he dwelt him self with his companie 54 Simon also seing that Iohn his sonne was now a man he made him captaine of all the hostes and caused him to dwell in Gazaris CHAP. XIIII 1 Demetrius is ouercome of Arsaces 11 Simon being captaine there is great quietnes in Israel 18 The couenant of friendship with the Romains and with the people of Sparta is renewed 1 IN the hundreth seuentie and two yere ga thered King Demetrius his hoste and departed vnto Media to get him helpe for to fight against Tryphon 2 But when Arsaces the King of Persia Media heard that Demetrius was entred with in his borders he sent one of his princes to take him aliue 3 So he went and ouercame the armie of Demetrius and toke him and broght him to Ar saces which kept him in warde 4 Thus all the lād of Iuda was in rest so long as Simon liued for he soght the welth of his nacion therefore were they glad to haue him for their ruler and to do him worship alway Simon also wanne the citie of Ioppe to his great honour to be an hauen towne made it an entrance vnto the yles of the sea 6 He enlarged also the borders of his people and conquered the countreis 7 He gathered vp manie of their people that were prisoners and he had the dominion of Gazaris and Beth-sura and the castel which he clensed from filthines and there was no man that resisted him 8 So that euerie man tilled his grounde in pea ce and the land gaue her frutes the trees gaue their frute 9 The Elders 〈◊〉 in the open places and con sulted altogether for the commune welth the yong men were honorably clothed and armed 10 He prouided vitailes for the cities and all kinde of munition so that his glorious fame was renoumed vnto the end of the worlde 11 He made peace thorow out the land and Is rael had perfite mirth and ioye 12 For euerie man sate vnder his vine and the 〈◊〉 trees and there was no man to fray them 13 There was none in the land to fight against them for then the Kings were ouercome 14 He helped all those that were in aduersitie among his people he was diligent to se the Law kept and he toke away the vngodlie and wicked 15 He beautified the Sanctuarie and encreased the vessels of the Temple 16 When the Romains heard and the Spartians had knowledge that Ionathā was dead they were very sorie 17 But when they heard that Simon his brother was made high Priest in his steade and how he had wonne the land againe with the cities in it 18 They wrote vnto him in tables of brasse to renewe the friendship and bonde of loue which they had made with Iudas and Ionathan his brethren 19 Which writings were red before the congregacion at Ierusalém and this is the 〈◊〉 of the letters that the Spartians sent 20 THE SENATORS and citie of Spar ta vnto Simon the great Priest and to the Elders and to the Priest and to the residue of the people of the Iewes their brethren send greting 21 When your ambassadours that were sent vnto our people certified vs of your glorie honour we were glad of their comming 22 And haue registred their ambassage in the publike recordes in this maner Numenius the sonne of Antiochus and Antipater the sonne of Iason the Iewes 〈◊〉 came vnto vs to renewe amitie with vs. 23 And it pleased the people that the men shulde be honorably intreated and that the copie of their ambassage shulde be registred in the publike recordes that it might befor a memorial vnto the people of Sparta and a copie of the same was sent to Simō the chief Priest 24 After this Simon sent Numenius to Rome with a great shield of golde of a thousand pounde weight to confirme the friendship with them 25 Which when the people vnderstode thei said What thankes shal we recōpense againe vnto Simon and his children 26 For he and his brethren and the house of his father haue stablished Israel ouercome their enemies and haue confirmed the liber tie thereof therefore they wrote this in tables of brasse and set it vpon pillers in mount Sion 27 The copie of the writing is this In the eight and twentie day of the moneth * Elul in the hūdreth seuentie and two yere in the thirde yere of Simon the high Priest 28 In Saramel in the great congregacion of the Priests and of the people and of the gouernours of the nacion and of the Elders of the countrei we wolde fignifie vnto you that manie battels haue bene foghten in our countrey 29 Wherein Simon the sonne of Mattathias come of the children of 〈◊〉 and his brethren put them selues in danger and 〈◊〉 the enemies of their nacion that their Sanctuarie and Law might be mainteined did their nacion great honour 30 For Ionathan gathered his nacion together and became their high Priest and is laid with his people 31 After that wolde their enemies haue inuaded their countrey and 〈◊〉 their land and lay their hands on their Sanctuarie 32 Then Simō resisted them and foght for his naciō and spent muche of his owne substance and armed the valiant men of his nacion and gaue them wages 33 He fortified also the cities of Iudea and Beth sura that lyeth vpon the borders of Iudea where the ordinance of their enemies lay some time set there a garison óf the Iewes 34 And he fortified Ioppe which lyeth vpon the sea and Gazara that bordreth vpon Azo tus where the enemies dwelt afore and there he placed Iewes furnished thē with things necessarie for the reparation thereof 35 Now when the people sawe the faithfulnes of Simon and to what glorie he thoght to bring his nacion vnto they made him their gouernour and the chief Priest because he had done all these things and for the vprightnes and fidelitie that he had kept to his nacion and that soght by all meanes to exalte his people 36 For in his time they prospered wel by him so that the heathen were taken out of their countrey and they also which were in the ci tie of Dauid at Ierusalem where they had made them a castel out of the which they wēt defiled all things that were about the Sanctuarie and did
Prophetes and righteous men haue desired to se those things which ye se ād haue not sene them and to heare those things whiche ye heare and haue not heard them 18 ¶ * Heare ye therefore the parable of the sower 19 Whensoeuer a man heareth the worde of the kingdome and vnderstandeth it not the euil one cometh catcheth away that whi che was sowē in his heart this is he which hathe receiued the sede by the way side 20 And he that receyued sede in the stonie grounde is he which heareth the word and incontinenly with ioye receiueth 21 Yet hathe he no roote in him self ād dureth but a season for assone as tribulation or persecution cometh because of the worde by and by he is offended 22 And he that receiueth the sede amōg thornes is he that heareth the word but the care of this worlde ād the deceitfulnes of riches choke the worde and he is made vnfrutful 23 But he that receyueth the sede in the good grounde is he that heareth the worde vnderstandeth it which also beareth frute and bringeth forth some an hūdreth folde some sixtie folde and some thirtie folde 24 ¶ Another parable put he forthe vnto thē saying The kingdome of heauen is like vnto a mā which sowed good seed in his field 25 But while men slept there came hys enemie and sowed tares among the wheat and went his way 26 And whē the blade was sprōg vp broght forthe frute then appeared the tares also 27 Then came the seruants of the householder and sayd vnto him Master sowedst not thou good sede in thy field frō whence then hathe it tares 28 And he said to them The enuious mā hathe done this Then the seruants said vnto him Wilt thou thē that we go and gather thē vp 29 But he said Nay lest while ye go about to gather the tares ye pluck vp also with them the wheat 30 Let bothe growe together vntill the haruest and in tyme of haruest I will say to the reapers Gather ye first the tares and bynde them in sheaues to burne them but gather the wheat into my barne 31 ¶ * Another parable he put forthe vnto thē saying The kingdome of heauen is like vnto a graine of mustard sede which a mā taketh and soweth in his field 32 Which in dede is the least of all sedes but whē it is growē it is the greatest among her bes and it is a tre so that the birdes of heauē come and buylde in the branches thereof 33 ¶ * Another parable speake he to them The kyngdome of heauen is lyke vnto leauen which a woman taketh and hideth in three peckes of meale til all be leauened 34 ¶ * Al these things spake Iesus vnto the mul titude in parables and without parables spake he not to them 35 That it might be fulfilled whiche was spoken by the Prophet saying * I wil open my mouth in parables ād will vtter the things which haue bene kept secret from the funda cion of the worlde 36 Then sent Iesus the multitude awaye and went into the house And his disciples came vnto hym saying Declare vnto vsthe parable of the tares of the field 37 Then answered he and said to thē He that soweth the good sede is the Sonne of man 38 And the field is the worlde and the good sede they are the children of the kingdome and the tares are the children of the wicked 39 And the enemie that soweth them is the de uil * and the haruest is the end of the world and the reapers be the Angels 40 As then the tares are gathered and burned in the fyre so shall it be in the end of thys worlde 41 The Sonne of man shal sende forthe hys An gels and they shall gather out of his kyngdome althings that offend ād them which do iniquitie 42 And shall caste them into a furnais of fyre There shal be wailing ād 〈◊〉 of teeth 43 * Then shall the iust men shine as the sunne in the kyngdome of their Father He that hathe eares to 〈◊〉 let him heare 44 ¶ Againe the kingdome of heauen is lyke vnto a treasure hid in the field which when a man hath founde he hideth it and for ioye thereof departeth and selleth al that he hath and byeth that field 45 ¶ Againe the kingdome of heauen is lyke to a marchant man that seketh good perles 46 Who hauing founde a perle of great price went and solde all that he had and boght it 47 ¶ Againe the kingdome of heauen is like vnto a drawe net cast into the sea that gathe reth of all kindes of things 48 Which when it is full men drawe to land and sit and gather the good into vessels and cast the bad away 49 So shal it be at the end of the worlde The Angels shal go forthe and feuer the bad frō among the iust 50 And shall cast them into a furnais of fyre there shall be wailling gnashing of teeth 51 ¶ Iesus said vnto them Vnderstand ye all these things They said vnto him Yea Lord. 52 Then said he vnto them Therefore euerie Scribe which is taught vnto the kingdome of heauen is like vnto an householder whiche bringeth forth out of his treasure thinges bothe newe and olde 53 ¶ And it came to passe that when Iesus had ended these parables he departed thence 54 * And came into his owne countrey and taught thē in their Synagogue so that they were astonied ād said Whence cometh this wisdome and great workes vnto this man 55 Is not thys the carpenters sonne Is not his mother called Marie * and his brethren Iames and Ioses and Simon and Iudas 56 And are not his sisters all with vs Whence then hathe he all these things 57 And they were offended with him Then Ie sus said to them * A prophet is not without honour saue in his owne countrey and in his owne house 58 And he did not many greate workes there for their vnbeliefes sake CHAP. XIIII 2 Herodes opinion cōcerning Christ. 10 Iohn is beheaded 19 Christ fedeth fiue thousand men with fiue loaues ād two fishes 23 He prayeth in the mountaine 25 He 〈◊〉 reth by night vnto his disciples vpon the sea 31 And saueth Peter 33 They confesse him to be the sonne of God 36 He healeth al that touched the hemmes of his 〈◊〉 1 AT* that time Herode the Tetrarch heard of the fame of Iesus 2 And said vnto his seruants This is Iohn Baptist He is risen againe from the dead and therfore great workes are wroght by him 3 * For Herode had taken Iohn and bounde him ād put him in prison for Herodias sake his brother Philips wife 4 For Iohn said vnto him It is not * law ful for thee to
haue her 5 And when he wolde haue put him to death he feared the multitude because they counted him as a * Prophet 6 But when Herodes birth day was kept the daughter of Herodias danced before them and pleased Herode 7 Wherefore he promised with an othe that hewold giue her whatsoeuer she 〈◊〉 old aske 8 And she being before instructed of her mother said Giue me here Iohn Baptist head in a platter 9 And the King was sorie neuertheles because of the othe and them that sate with him at the table he commanded it to be giuē her 10 And sent ād beheaded Iohn in the prison 11 And his head was broght in a platter and giuen to the maide and she broght it vnto her mother 12 And his disciples came and toke vp his bo die and buried it and went and tolde Iesus 13 * And when Iesus heard it he departed thēce by ship into a desert place a parte And when the multitude had heard it they followed him a fote out of the cities 14 And Iesus went forthe ād sawe a great mul titude and was moued with compassion to warde them and he healed their sicke 15 ¶ And when euen was come * his disciples came to him saying This is a desert place ād the houre is alreadie paste let the multitude departe that they may go into the townes and bye them vitailes 16 But Iesus said to them They haue no nede to go away giue ye them to eat 17 Then said they vnto him We haue here but fiue loaues and two fishes 18 And he said Bring them hether to me 19 And he commanded the multitude to sit downe on the grasse ād toke the fiue loaues and two fishes and loked vp to heauen and blessed and brake and gaue the loaues to his disciples the disciples to the multitude 20 And they did all eat and were sufficed and they toke vp of the fragments that remained twelue baskets ful 21 And they that had eaten were aboute fiue thousand mē beside women litle childrē 22 ¶ And straight way Iesus cōpelled his disciples to enter into a ship and to go ouer be fore him while he sent the multitude away 23 And assone as he had sent the multitude awaye he went vp into a mountaine alone to pray * and when the euening was come he was there alone 24 And the ship was now in the middes of the sea and was tossed with waues for it was a contrarie winde 25 And in the fourth watche of the night Iesus went vnto them walking on the sea 26 And when his disciples sawe him walking on the sea they were troubled saying It is a spirit and cryed out for feare 27 But strayght waye Iesus spake vnto them saying Be of good comforte It is I be not afrayed 28 Then Peter answered him and said Master if it be thou byd me come vnto thee on the water 29 And he sayd Come And when Peter was come downe out of the ship he walked on the water to go to Iesus 30 But when he sawe a mightie winde he was afraied ād as he beganne to sinke he cried saying Master saue me 31 So immediatly Iesus stretched forthe hys hand and caught him and said to him O thou of litle faith wherefore didest thou dout 32 And assone as they were come into the ship the winde ceased 33 Then they that were in the ship came and worshipped him saying Of a trueth thou art the sonne of God 34 ¶ * And when they were come ouer thei came into the land of Gennesaret 35 And when the men of that place knewe him they sent out into all that countrey rounde about and broght vnto him all that were sicke 36 And besoght him that they might touche the hemme of his garment onely and as manie as touch edit were made whole CHAP. XV. 3 Christ excuseth his disciples and rebuketh the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for transgressing Gods commādement by their owne tradicions 〈◊〉 The plant that shal be rooted out 18 what things defile a man 22 He deliuereth the woman of Cananees daughter 26 The bread of the children 30 He healeth the sicke 36 And feedeth foure thousand men beside women and children 1 THen came to Iesus the Scribes and Pharises which were of Ierusalem saying 2 * Why do thy disciples transgresse the tradicion of the Elders for they wash not their hands when they eat bread 3 But he answered said vnto them Why do ye also transgresse the cōmandemēt of God by your tradicion 4 * For God hathe cōmanded saying Honour thy father and mother * and he that curseth father or mother let him dye the death 5 But ye say Whosoeuer shal say to father or mother By the gift that is offred by me thou maiest haue profite 6 Thogh he honour not his father or his mother shal be fre thus haue ye made the cōmandement of God of no autoritie by your tradicion 7 O hypocrites Esaias prophecied well of you saying 8 * This people draweth nere vnto me with their mouth and honoureth me with the lip 〈◊〉 but their heart is farre of from me 9 But in vaine they worship me teaching for doctrines mens precepts 10 * Then he called the multitude vnto him said to them Heare and vnderstand 11 That which goeth into the mouth defileth not the man but that whiche cometh out of the mouth that defileth the man 12 ¶ Then came his disciples and said vnto him Perceiuest thou not that the Pharises are offended in hearing this saying 13 But he answered and said * Euerie plant which mine heauenlie Father hathe not plāted shal be rooted vp 14 Let them alone they be the* blinde leaders of the blinde if the blinde leade the blinde bothe shal fall into the ditche 15 ¶ * Then answered Peter and said to him Declare vnto vs this parable 16 Then said Iesus Are ye yet without vnderstanding 17 Perceiue ye not yet that whatsoeuer entreth into the mouth goeth into the bellie and is cast out into the draught 18 But those things which procede out of the mouth come from the heart and they defile the man 19 For out of the heart* come euil thoghts murders adulteries fornicacions thefts false testimonies sclanders 20 These are the things which defile the man but to eat with vnwashen handes defileth not the man 21 * And Iesus went thence and departed into the coasts of Tyrus and Sidon 22 And beholde a woman a Cananite came out of the same coasts and cryed saying vnto him Haue mercie on me ô Lord the sonne of Dauid my daughter is miserably vexed with a deuil 23 But he answered her not a worde Thē came to him his disciples besoght him saying Send her away for she cryeth after